package types
import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go-v2/service/mediaconvert/types"
Index ¶
- type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix
- type AacCodecProfile
- type AacCodingMode
- type AacRateControlMode
- type AacRawFormat
- type AacSettings
- type AacSpecification
- type AacVbrQuality
- type Ac3BitstreamMode
- type Ac3CodingMode
- type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile
- type Ac3LfeFilter
- type Ac3MetadataControl
- type Ac3Settings
- type AccelerationMode
- type AccelerationSettings
- type AccelerationStatus
- type AfdSignaling
- type AiffSettings
- type AlphaBehavior
- type AncillaryConvert608To708
- type AncillarySourceSettings
- type AncillaryTerminateCaptions
- type AntiAlias
- type AudioCodec
- type AudioCodecSettings
- type AudioDefaultSelection
- type AudioDescription
- type AudioLanguageCodeControl
- type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm
- type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl
- type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging
- type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation
- type AudioNormalizationSettings
- type AudioSelector
- type AudioSelectorGroup
- type AudioSelectorType
- type AudioTypeControl
- type Av1AdaptiveQuantization
- type Av1FramerateControl
- type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type Av1QvbrSettings
- type Av1RateControlMode
- type Av1Settings
- type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type AvailBlanking
- type BadRequestException
- func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string
- func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string
- type BillingTagsSource
- type BurninDestinationSettings
- type BurninSubtitleAlignment
- type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor
- type BurninSubtitleFontColor
- type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor
- type BurninSubtitleShadowColor
- type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing
- type CaptionDescription
- type CaptionDescriptionPreset
- type CaptionDestinationSettings
- type CaptionDestinationType
- type CaptionSelector
- type CaptionSourceFramerate
- type CaptionSourceSettings
- type CaptionSourceType
- type ChannelMapping
- type CmafAdditionalManifest
- type CmafClientCache
- type CmafCodecSpecification
- type CmafEncryptionSettings
- type CmafEncryptionType
- type CmafGroupSettings
- type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest
- type CmafKeyProviderType
- type CmafManifestCompression
- type CmafManifestDurationFormat
- type CmafMpdProfile
- type CmafSegmentControl
- type CmafStreamInfResolution
- type CmafWriteDASHManifest
- type CmafWriteHLSManifest
- type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
- type CmfcScte35Esam
- type CmfcScte35Source
- type CmfcSettings
- type ColorCorrector
- type ColorMetadata
- type ColorSpace
- type ColorSpaceConversion
- type ColorSpaceUsage
- type Commitment
- type ConflictException
- func (e *ConflictException) Error() string
- func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string
- type ContainerSettings
- type ContainerType
- type DashAdditionalManifest
- type DashIsoEncryptionSettings
- type DashIsoGroupSettings
- type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance
- type DashIsoMpdProfile
- type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility
- type DashIsoSegmentControl
- type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
- type DecryptionMode
- type DeinterlaceAlgorithm
- type Deinterlacer
- type DeinterlacerControl
- type DeinterlacerMode
- type DescribeEndpointsMode
- type DestinationSettings
- type DolbyVision
- type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata
- type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode
- type DolbyVisionProfile
- type DropFrameTimecode
- type DvbNitSettings
- type DvbSdtSettings
- type DvbSubDestinationSettings
- type DvbSubSourceSettings
- type DvbSubtitleAlignment
- type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor
- type DvbSubtitleFontColor
- type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor
- type DvbSubtitleShadowColor
- type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing
- type DvbSubtitlingType
- type DvbTdtSettings
- type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode
- type Eac3AtmosCodingMode
- type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence
- type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine
- type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf
- type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode
- type Eac3AtmosSettings
- type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix
- type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode
- type Eac3AttenuationControl
- type Eac3BitstreamMode
- type Eac3CodingMode
- type Eac3DcFilter
- type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine
- type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf
- type Eac3LfeControl
- type Eac3LfeFilter
- type Eac3MetadataControl
- type Eac3PassthroughControl
- type Eac3PhaseControl
- type Eac3Settings
- type Eac3StereoDownmix
- type Eac3SurroundExMode
- type Eac3SurroundMode
- type EmbeddedConvert608To708
- type EmbeddedDestinationSettings
- type EmbeddedSourceSettings
- type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions
- type Endpoint
- type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification
- type EsamSettings
- type EsamSignalProcessingNotification
- type F4vMoovPlacement
- type F4vSettings
- type FileGroupSettings
- type FileSourceConvert608To708
- type FileSourceSettings
- type FontScript
- type ForbiddenException
- func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string
- func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string
- type FrameCaptureSettings
- type H264AdaptiveQuantization
- type H264CodecLevel
- type H264CodecProfile
- type H264DynamicSubGop
- type H264EntropyEncoding
- type H264FieldEncoding
- type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264FramerateControl
- type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type H264GopBReference
- type H264GopSizeUnits
- type H264InterlaceMode
- type H264ParControl
- type H264QualityTuningLevel
- type H264QvbrSettings
- type H264RateControlMode
- type H264RepeatPps
- type H264SceneChangeDetect
- type H264Settings
- type H264SlowPal
- type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264Syntax
- type H264Telecine
- type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
- type H265AdaptiveQuantization
- type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei
- type H265CodecLevel
- type H265CodecProfile
- type H265DynamicSubGop
- type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265FramerateControl
- type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type H265GopBReference
- type H265GopSizeUnits
- type H265InterlaceMode
- type H265ParControl
- type H265QualityTuningLevel
- type H265QvbrSettings
- type H265RateControlMode
- type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode
- type H265SceneChangeDetect
- type H265Settings
- type H265SlowPal
- type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265Telecine
- type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265TemporalIds
- type H265Tiles
- type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode
- type H265WriteMp4PackagingType
- type Hdr10Metadata
- type HlsAdMarkers
- type HlsAdditionalManifest
- type HlsAudioOnlyContainer
- type HlsAudioTrackType
- type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping
- type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting
- type HlsClientCache
- type HlsCodecSpecification
- type HlsDirectoryStructure
- type HlsEncryptionSettings
- type HlsEncryptionType
- type HlsGroupSettings
- type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest
- type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest
- type HlsKeyProviderType
- type HlsManifestCompression
- type HlsManifestDurationFormat
- type HlsOfflineEncrypted
- type HlsOutputSelection
- type HlsProgramDateTime
- type HlsSegmentControl
- type HlsSettings
- type HlsStreamInfResolution
- type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame
- type HopDestination
- type Id3Insertion
- type ImageInserter
- type ImscDestinationSettings
- type ImscStylePassthrough
- type Input
- type InputClipping
- type InputDeblockFilter
- type InputDecryptionSettings
- type InputDenoiseFilter
- type InputFilterEnable
- type InputPsiControl
- type InputRotate
- type InputTemplate
- type InputTimecodeSource
- type InsertableImage
- type InternalServerErrorException
- func (e *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string
- func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string
- type Job
- type JobMessages
- type JobPhase
- type JobSettings
- type JobStatus
- type JobTemplate
- type JobTemplateListBy
- type JobTemplateSettings
- type LanguageCode
- type M2tsAudioBufferModel
- type M2tsBufferModel
- type M2tsEbpAudioInterval
- type M2tsEbpPlacement
- type M2tsEsRateInPes
- type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder
- type M2tsNielsenId3
- type M2tsPcrControl
- type M2tsRateMode
- type M2tsScte35Esam
- type M2tsScte35Source
- type M2tsSegmentationMarkers
- type M2tsSegmentationStyle
- type M2tsSettings
- type M3u8NielsenId3
- type M3u8PcrControl
- type M3u8Scte35Source
- type M3u8Settings
- type MotionImageInserter
- type MotionImageInsertionFramerate
- type MotionImageInsertionMode
- type MotionImageInsertionOffset
- type MotionImagePlayback
- type MovClapAtom
- type MovCslgAtom
- type MovMpeg2FourCCControl
- type MovPaddingControl
- type MovReference
- type MovSettings
- type Mp2Settings
- type Mp3RateControlMode
- type Mp3Settings
- type Mp4CslgAtom
- type Mp4FreeSpaceBox
- type Mp4MoovPlacement
- type Mp4Settings
- type MpdCaptionContainerType
- type MpdScte35Esam
- type MpdScte35Source
- type MpdSettings
- type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization
- type Mpeg2CodecLevel
- type Mpeg2CodecProfile
- type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop
- type Mpeg2FramerateControl
- type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits
- type Mpeg2InterlaceMode
- type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision
- type Mpeg2ParControl
- type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel
- type Mpeg2RateControlMode
- type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect
- type Mpeg2Settings
- type Mpeg2SlowPal
- type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type Mpeg2Syntax
- type Mpeg2Telecine
- type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest
- type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication
- type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings
- type MsSmoothGroupSettings
- type MsSmoothManifestEncoding
- type MxfAfdSignaling
- type MxfSettings
- type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings
- type NielsenConfiguration
- type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening
- type NoiseReducer
- type NoiseReducerFilter
- type NoiseReducerFilterSettings
- type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings
- type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings
- type NotFoundException
- func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string
- func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string
- type OpusSettings
- type Order
- type Output
- type OutputChannelMapping
- type OutputDetail
- type OutputGroup
- type OutputGroupDetail
- type OutputGroupSettings
- type OutputGroupType
- type OutputSdt
- type OutputSettings
- type PartnerWatermarking
- type Preset
- type PresetListBy
- type PresetSettings
- type PricingPlan
- type ProresCodecProfile
- type ProresFramerateControl
- type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type ProresInterlaceMode
- type ProresParControl
- type ProresSettings
- type ProresSlowPal
- type ProresTelecine
- type Queue
- type QueueListBy
- type QueueStatus
- type QueueTransition
- type Rectangle
- type RemixSettings
- type RenewalType
- type ReservationPlan
- type ReservationPlanSettings
- type ReservationPlanStatus
- type ResourceTags
- type RespondToAfd
- type S3DestinationAccessControl
- type S3DestinationSettings
- type S3EncryptionSettings
- type S3ObjectCannedAcl
- type S3ServerSideEncryptionType
- type ScalingBehavior
- type SccDestinationFramerate
- type SccDestinationSettings
- type SimulateReservedQueue
- type SpekeKeyProvider
- type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf
- type StaticKeyProvider
- type StatusUpdateInterval
- type TeletextDestinationSettings
- type TeletextPageType
- type TeletextSourceSettings
- type TimecodeBurnin
- type TimecodeBurninPosition
- type TimecodeConfig
- type TimecodeSource
- type TimedMetadata
- type TimedMetadataInsertion
- type Timing
- type TooManyRequestsException
- func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string
- func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string
- func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
- func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string
- type TrackSourceSettings
- type TtmlDestinationSettings
- type TtmlStylePassthrough
- type Type
- type VideoCodec
- type VideoCodecSettings
- type VideoDescription
- type VideoDetail
- type VideoPreprocessor
- type VideoSelector
- type VideoTimecodeInsertion
- type VorbisSettings
- type Vp8FramerateControl
- type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type Vp8ParControl
- type Vp8QualityTuningLevel
- type Vp8RateControlMode
- type Vp8Settings
- type Vp9FramerateControl
- type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type Vp9ParControl
- type Vp9QualityTuningLevel
- type Vp9RateControlMode
- type Vp9Settings
- type WatermarkingStrength
- type WavFormat
- type WavSettings
Types ¶
type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix ¶
type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string
const ( AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcaster_mixed_ad AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix
type AacCodecProfile ¶
type AacCodecProfile string
const ( AacCodecProfileLc AacCodecProfile = "LC" AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1" AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2" )
Enum values for AacCodecProfile
type AacCodingMode ¶
type AacCodingMode string
const ( AacCodingModeAd_receiver_mix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" AacCodingModeCoding_mode_1_0 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" AacCodingModeCoding_mode_1_1 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1" AacCodingModeCoding_mode_2_0 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" AacCodingModeCoding_mode_5_1 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1" )
Enum values for AacCodingMode
type AacRateControlMode ¶
type AacRateControlMode string
const ( AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR" AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR" )
Enum values for AacRateControlMode
type AacRawFormat ¶
type AacRawFormat string
const ( AacRawFormatLatm_loas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS" AacRawFormatNone AacRawFormat = "NONE" )
Enum values for AacRawFormat
type AacSettings ¶
type AacSettings struct { // Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio // description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3, // which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed // AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio; // the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, // the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and // FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed // audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values // you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for this // setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, // 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000, // 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000, // 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you // choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode), and Sample // rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile. Bitrate *int32 // AAC Profile. CodecProfile AacCodecProfile // Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values // depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver // Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono // AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header // as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. CodingMode AacCodingMode // Rate Control Mode. RateControlMode AacRateControlMode // Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, // you must choose "No container" for the output container. RawFormat AacRawFormat // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. SampleRate *int32 // Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream // containers. Specification AacSpecification // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. VbrQuality AacVbrQuality }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.
type AacSpecification ¶
type AacSpecification string
const ( AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2" AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4" )
Enum values for AacSpecification
type AacVbrQuality ¶
type AacVbrQuality string
const ( AacVbrQualityLow AacVbrQuality = "LOW" AacVbrQualityMedium_low AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW" AacVbrQualityMedium_high AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH" AacVbrQualityHigh AacVbrQuality = "HIGH" )
Enum values for AacVbrQuality
type Ac3BitstreamMode ¶
type Ac3BitstreamMode string
const ( Ac3BitstreamModeComplete_main Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN" Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY" Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE" Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY" Ac3BitstreamModeHearing_impaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" Ac3BitstreamModeMusic_and_effects Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" Ac3BitstreamModeVisually_impaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" Ac3BitstreamModeVoice_over Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER" )
Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode
type Ac3CodingMode ¶
type Ac3CodingMode string
const ( Ac3CodingModeCoding_mode_1_0 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" Ac3CodingModeCoding_mode_1_1 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1" Ac3CodingModeCoding_mode_2_0 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" Ac3CodingModeCoding_mode_3_2_lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" )
Enum values for Ac3CodingMode
type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile ¶
type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string
const ( Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilm_standard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD" Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE" )
Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile
type Ac3LfeFilter ¶
type Ac3LfeFilter string
const ( Ac3LfeFilterEnabled Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED" Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter
type Ac3MetadataControl ¶
type Ac3MetadataControl string
const ( Ac3MetadataControlFollow_input Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" Ac3MetadataControlUse_configured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl
type Ac3Settings ¶
type Ac3Settings struct { // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the // coding mode. Bitrate *int32 // Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more // information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. CodingMode Ac3CodingMode // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital, // dialnorm will be passed through. Dialnorm *int32 // If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid // with 3_2_LFE coding mode. LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or // DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one // of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz. SampleRate *int32 }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.
type AccelerationMode ¶
type AccelerationMode string
const ( AccelerationModeDisabled AccelerationMode = "DISABLED" AccelerationModeEnabled AccelerationMode = "ENABLED" AccelerationModePreferred AccelerationMode = "PREFERRED" )
Enum values for AccelerationMode
type AccelerationSettings ¶
type AccelerationSettings struct { // Specify the conditions when the service will run your job with accelerated // transcoding. // // This member is required. Mode AccelerationMode }
Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content.
type AccelerationStatus ¶
type AccelerationStatus string
const ( AccelerationStatusNot_applicable AccelerationStatus = "NOT_APPLICABLE" AccelerationStatusIn_progress AccelerationStatus = "IN_PROGRESS" AccelerationStatusAccelerated AccelerationStatus = "ACCELERATED" AccelerationStatusNot_accelerated AccelerationStatus = "NOT_ACCELERATED" )
Enum values for AccelerationStatus
type AfdSignaling ¶
type AfdSignaling string
const ( AfdSignalingNone AfdSignaling = "NONE" AfdSignalingAuto AfdSignaling = "AUTO" AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED" )
Enum values for AfdSignaling
type AiffSettings ¶
type AiffSettings struct { // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality // for this audio track. BitDepth *int32 // Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1 // and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64. Channels *int32 // Sample rate in hz. SampleRate *int32 }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.
type AlphaBehavior ¶
type AlphaBehavior string
const ( AlphaBehaviorDiscard AlphaBehavior = "DISCARD" AlphaBehaviorRemap_to_luma AlphaBehavior = "REMAP_TO_LUMA" )
Enum values for AlphaBehavior
type AncillaryConvert608To708 ¶
type AncillaryConvert608To708 string
const ( AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT" AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled AncillaryConvert608To708 = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for AncillaryConvert608To708
type AncillarySourceSettings ¶
type AncillarySourceSettings struct { // Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 // and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the // captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 // compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 // data into 708. Convert608To708 AncillaryConvert608To708 // Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int32 // By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each // input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this // setting. TerminateCaptions AncillaryTerminateCaptions }
Settings for ancillary captions source.
type AncillaryTerminateCaptions ¶
type AncillaryTerminateCaptions string
const ( AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEnd_of_input AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT" AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions
type AntiAlias ¶
type AntiAlias string
Enum values for AntiAlias
type AudioCodec ¶
type AudioCodec string
const ( AudioCodecAac AudioCodec = "AAC" AudioCodecMp2 AudioCodec = "MP2" AudioCodecMp3 AudioCodec = "MP3" AudioCodecWav AudioCodec = "WAV" AudioCodecAiff AudioCodec = "AIFF" AudioCodecAc3 AudioCodec = "AC3" AudioCodecEac3 AudioCodec = "EAC3" AudioCodecEac3_atmos AudioCodec = "EAC3_ATMOS" AudioCodecVorbis AudioCodec = "VORBIS" AudioCodecOpus AudioCodec = "OPUS" AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for AudioCodec
type AudioCodecSettings ¶
type AudioCodecSettings struct { // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC // settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate // control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the // audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use // the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate // control mode. AacSettings *AacSettings // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value AC3. Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value AIFF. AiffSettings *AiffSettings // Type of Audio codec. Codec AudioCodec // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value EAC3_ATMOS. Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value EAC3. Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value MP2. Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings // Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value // MP3. Mp3Settings *Mp3Settings // Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value // OPUS. OpusSettings *OpusSettings // Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value // Vorbis. VorbisSettings *VorbisSettings // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the // value WAV. WavSettings *WavSettings }
Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings * MP3, Mp3Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings * VORBIS, VorbisSettings * OPUS, OpusSettings
type AudioDefaultSelection ¶
type AudioDefaultSelection string
const ( AudioDefaultSelectionDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT" AudioDefaultSelectionNot_default AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT" )
Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection
type AudioDescription ¶
type AudioDescription struct { // Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to // comply with a loudness standard. AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings // Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, specify // an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order within // each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the third audio // selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have an "Audio // Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that input will be // used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence will be // inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio Selector // Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with similar // default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then "Audio // Selector 1" will be chosen automatically. AudioSourceName *string // Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between 0 // and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 = Clean // Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, 4-255 = // Reserved. AudioType *int32 // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that // value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639 // audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the // value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and // audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to // BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl // Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the // group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary // depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec // enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, // Mp2Settings * MP3, Mp3Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, // Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings * VORBIS, // VorbisSettings * OPUS, OpusSettings CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings // Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language // code into your output audio track when you set Language code control // (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Use configured (USE_CONFIGURED). The service also // uses your specified custom language code when you set Language code control // (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), but your input file // doesn't specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or // ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the // full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the // following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth // Streaming. CustomLanguageCode *string // Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified // in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language Code' // is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but there is no // ISO 639 language code specified by the input. LanguageCode LanguageCode // Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track. // When you choose Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), the service uses the language code // from the input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input // track, the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code // (languageCode or customLanguageCode). When you choose Use configured // (USE_CONFIGURED), the service uses the language code that you specify. LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl // Advanced audio remixing settings. RemixSettings *RemixSettings // Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director // commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this // information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player // device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting. StreamName *string }
Description of audio output
type AudioLanguageCodeControl ¶
type AudioLanguageCodeControl string
const ( AudioLanguageCodeControlFollow_input AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" AudioLanguageCodeControlUse_configured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm ¶
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
const ( AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu_bs_1770_1 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu_bs_1770_2 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu_bs_1770_3 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_3" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu_bs_1770_4 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_4" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl ¶
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
const ( AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrect_audio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasure_only AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl
type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging ¶
type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string
const ( AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG" AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDont_log AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging
type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation ¶
type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string
const ( AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTrue_peak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK" AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation
type AudioNormalizationSettings ¶
type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { // Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1: // Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece // of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC // recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated // loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the // requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3: // Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an // updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for // more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as // 7.1. Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm // When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If // disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl // Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level. // Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. CorrectionGateLevel *int32 // If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging // If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio // track loudness. PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation // When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally use // this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here, // the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for // Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose // -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS. TargetLkfs *float64 }
Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.
type AudioSelector ¶
type AudioSelector struct { // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO // 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code CustomLanguageCode *string // Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job. // The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified // input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio. DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection // Specifies audio data from an external file source. ExternalAudioFileInput *string // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source. LanguageCode LanguageCode // Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input video. Offset *int32 // Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID 0x101). Pids []*int32 // Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service // extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs, // create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In // the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose // the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON file, // provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your input file // has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number // to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the // track. ProgramSelection *int32 // Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those of // another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single output, // one after the other. RemixSettings *RemixSettings // Specifies the type of the audio selector. SelectorType AudioSelectorType // Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering // the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector, // specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated // list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying // directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For // example, "tracks": [1,2,3]. Tracks []*int32 }
Selector for Audio
type AudioSelectorGroup ¶
type AudioSelectorGroup struct { // Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group. Audio // selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input (e.g., // "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated to add // any number of audio selectors to the group. AudioSelectorNames []*string }
Group of Audio Selectors
type AudioSelectorType ¶
type AudioSelectorType string
const ( AudioSelectorTypePid AudioSelectorType = "PID" AudioSelectorTypeTrack AudioSelectorType = "TRACK" AudioSelectorTypeLanguage_code AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE" )
Enum values for AudioSelectorType
type AudioTypeControl ¶
type AudioTypeControl string
const ( AudioTypeControlFollow_input AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" AudioTypeControlUse_configured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for AudioTypeControl
type Av1AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Av1AdaptiveQuantization string
const ( Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER" Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX" )
Enum values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization
type Av1FramerateControl ¶
type Av1FramerateControl string
const ( Av1FramerateControlInitialize_from_source Av1FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Av1FramerateControlSpecified Av1FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Av1FramerateControl
type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type Av1QvbrSettings ¶
type Av1QvbrSettings struct { // Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify // qvbrSettings within av1Settings. Specify the general target quality level for // this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 // results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most // broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value // between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. QvbrQualityLevel *int32 // Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is // between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. // MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole // number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33. QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 }
Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.
type Av1RateControlMode ¶
type Av1RateControlMode string
const ( Av1RateControlModeQvbr Av1RateControlMode = "QVBR" )
Enum values for Av1RateControlMode
type Av1Settings ¶
type Av1Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization Av1AdaptiveQuantization // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl Av1FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use duplicate drop conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the // console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as // a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateDenominator *int32 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for // transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal // number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateNumerator *int32 // Specify the GOP length (keyframe interval) in frames. With AV1, MediaConvert // doesn't support GOP length in seconds. This value must be greater than zero and // preferably equal to 1 + ((numberBFrames + 1) * x), where x is an integer value. GopSize *float64 // Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR. MaxBitrate *int32 // Specify the number of B-frames. With AV1, MediaConvert supports only 7 or 15. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32 // Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec. // Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate // control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control // mode. QvbrSettings *Av1QvbrSettings // 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only // quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). You can''t use CBR or VBR.' RateControlMode Av1RateControlMode // Specify the number of slices per picture. This value must be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or // 32. For progressive pictures, this value must be less than or equal to the // number of macroblock rows. For interlaced pictures, this value must be less than // or equal to half the number of macroblock rows. Slices *int32 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization }
Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value AV1.
type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
type AvailBlanking ¶
type AvailBlanking struct { // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images // are supported. AvailBlankingImage *string }
Settings for Avail Blanking
type BadRequestException ¶
type BadRequestException struct { Message *string }
The service can't process your request because of a problem in the request. Please check your request form and syntax.
func (*BadRequestException) Error ¶
func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string
func (*BadRequestException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string
func (*BadRequestException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*BadRequestException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string
type BillingTagsSource ¶
type BillingTagsSource string
const ( BillingTagsSourceQueue BillingTagsSource = "QUEUE" BillingTagsSourcePreset BillingTagsSource = "PRESET" BillingTagsSourceJob_template BillingTagsSource = "JOB_TEMPLATE" BillingTagsSourceJob BillingTagsSource = "JOB" )
Enum values for BillingTagsSource
type BurninDestinationSettings ¶
type BurninDestinationSettings struct { // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the // font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is // transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 // (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundOpacity *int32 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is // transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontOpacity *int32 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontResolution *int32 // Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is // not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or // CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is used // to help determine the appropriate font for rendering burn-in captions. FontScript FontScript // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontSize *int32 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that // are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must // match. OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are // already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings // must match. OutlineSize *int32 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub // font settings must match. ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowOpacity *int32 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowXOffset *int32 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowYOffset *int32 // Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify // whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid // or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing // specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the // text easier to read if the captions are closed caption. TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of // the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 // pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the // horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. This // option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. XPosition *int32 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output // in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from // the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will // be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. YPosition *int32 }
Burn-In Destination Settings.
type BurninSubtitleAlignment ¶
type BurninSubtitleAlignment string
const ( BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED" BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment
type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const ( BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE" BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor
type BurninSubtitleFontColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleFontColor string
const ( BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE" BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW" BurninSubtitleFontColorRed BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED" BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN" BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor
type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string
const ( BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor
type BurninSubtitleShadowColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string
const ( BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE" BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor
type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing ¶
type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const ( BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixed_grid BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID" BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing
type CaptionDescription ¶
type CaptionDescription struct { // Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each // input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption // Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from each // input. CaptionSelectorName *string // Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses // this language information when automatically selecting the font script for // rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO // 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full // RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the // following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth // Streaming. CustomLanguageCode *string // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that // burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data // is Embedded or Teletext. DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings // Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses // this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions // text. LanguageCode LanguageCode // Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English", // "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes // this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's // player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this // setting. LanguageDescription *string }
Description of Caption output
type CaptionDescriptionPreset ¶
type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct { // Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses // this language information when automatically selecting the font script for // rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO // 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full // RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the // following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth // Streaming. CustomLanguageCode *string // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that // burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data // is Embedded or Teletext. DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings // Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses // this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions // text. LanguageCode LanguageCode // Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English", // "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes // this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's // player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this // setting. LanguageDescription *string }
Caption Description for preset
type CaptionDestinationSettings ¶
type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { // Burn-In Destination Settings. BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings // Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format // is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in, // DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20, // choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that // complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the // embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 // (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20). DestinationType CaptionDestinationType // DVB-Sub Destination Settings DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings // Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708 // Channel destination number. EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings // Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs. ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings // Settings for SCC caption output. SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings // Settings for Teletext caption output TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings // Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information // (TtmlStylePassthrough). TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings }
Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.
type CaptionDestinationType ¶
type CaptionDestinationType string
const ( CaptionDestinationTypeBurn_in CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN" CaptionDestinationTypeDvb_sub CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB" CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED" CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded_plus_scte20 CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20" CaptionDestinationTypeImsc CaptionDestinationType = "IMSC" CaptionDestinationTypeScte20_plus_embedded CaptionDestinationType = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED" CaptionDestinationTypeScc CaptionDestinationType = "SCC" CaptionDestinationTypeSrt CaptionDestinationType = "SRT" CaptionDestinationTypeSmi CaptionDestinationType = "SMI" CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT" CaptionDestinationTypeTtml CaptionDestinationType = "TTML" CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT" )
Enum values for CaptionDestinationType
type CaptionSelector ¶
type CaptionSelector struct { // The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 // three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field and/or PID // to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub and output is // Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the caption // language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, omit this // field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language with // pass-through captions. CustomLanguageCode *string // The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete this // field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub // and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the // caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, // omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language // with pass-through captions. LanguageCode LanguageCode // If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, // specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are // IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings. SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings }
Set up captions in your outputs by first selecting them from your input here.
type CaptionSourceFramerate ¶
type CaptionSourceFramerate struct { // Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the // setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting // along with the setting Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator). FramerateDenominator *int32 // Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the // setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting // along with the setting Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator). FramerateNumerator *int32 }
Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction, using the settings Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator) and Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator). For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
type CaptionSourceSettings ¶
type CaptionSourceSettings struct { // Settings for ancillary captions source. AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings // DVB Sub Source Settings DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings // Settings for embedded captions Source EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings // If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, // specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC // in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings. FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings // Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The // service cannot auto-detect caption format. SourceType CaptionSourceType // Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings // Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. // Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source // is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of // TrackSourceSettings. TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings }
If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
type CaptionSourceType ¶
type CaptionSourceType string
const ( CaptionSourceTypeAncillary CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY" CaptionSourceTypeDvb_sub CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB" CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED" CaptionSourceTypeScte20 CaptionSourceType = "SCTE20" CaptionSourceTypeScc CaptionSourceType = "SCC" CaptionSourceTypeTtml CaptionSourceType = "TTML" CaptionSourceTypeStl CaptionSourceType = "STL" CaptionSourceTypeSrt CaptionSourceType = "SRT" CaptionSourceTypeSmi CaptionSourceType = "SMI" CaptionSourceTypeTeletext CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT" CaptionSourceTypeNull_source CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE" CaptionSourceTypeImsc CaptionSourceType = "IMSC" )
Enum values for CaptionSourceType
type ChannelMapping ¶
type ChannelMapping struct { // List of output channels OutputChannels []*OutputChannelMapping }
Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).
type CmafAdditionalManifest ¶
type CmafAdditionalManifest struct { // Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to // make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output // group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is // film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name // the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8. // For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the // nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create // unique names for the individual variant manifests. ManifestNameModifier *string // Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to // reference. SelectedOutputs []*string }
Specify the details for each pair of HLS and DASH additional manifests that you want the service to generate for this CMAF output group. Each pair of manifests can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type CmafClientCache ¶
type CmafClientCache string
const ( CmafClientCacheDisabled CmafClientCache = "DISABLED" CmafClientCacheEnabled CmafClientCache = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for CmafClientCache
type CmafCodecSpecification ¶
type CmafCodecSpecification string
const ( CmafCodecSpecificationRfc_6381 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381" CmafCodecSpecificationRfc_4281 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281" )
Enum values for CmafCodecSpecification
type CmafEncryptionSettings ¶
type CmafEncryptionSettings struct { // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the // segment number by default. ConstantInitializationVector *string // Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting // your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR). EncryptionMethod CmafEncryptionType // When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the // 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests. InitializationVectorInManifest CmafInitializationVectorInManifest // If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption // with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or // Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead. SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf // Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider. StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider // Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that // follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html. Type CmafKeyProviderType }
Settings for CMAF encryption
type CmafEncryptionType ¶
type CmafEncryptionType string
const ( CmafEncryptionTypeSample_aes CmafEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES" CmafEncryptionTypeAes_ctr CmafEncryptionType = "AES_CTR" )
Enum values for CmafEncryptionType
type CmafGroupSettings ¶
type CmafGroupSettings struct { // By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest and one top // -level .mpd DASH manifest for each CMAF output group in your job. These default // manifests reference every output in the output group. To create additional // top-level manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, // specify a list of them here. For each additional manifest that you specify, the // service creates one HLS manifest and one DASH manifest. AdditionalManifests []*CmafAdditionalManifest // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level // BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL than // the manifest file. BaseUrl *string // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from // saving media segments for later replay. ClientCache CmafClientCache // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist // generation. CodecSpecification CmafCodecSpecification // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the // base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. // If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first // input file. Destination *string // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of // destination DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings // DRM settings. Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When Emit // Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output file // and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other output // types. FragmentLength *int32 // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. ManifestCompression CmafManifestCompression // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for // segment duration. ManifestDurationFormat CmafManifestDurationFormat // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth // playout. MinBufferTime *int32 // Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a // problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that // player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length // of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final // segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1 // and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting, // the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that // you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3 // seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment // length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment // is 3.5 seconds. MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 // Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main // profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals // urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you // choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals // urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose // On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control // (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE). MpdProfile CmafMpdProfile // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to // SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created. SegmentControl CmafSegmentControl // Use this setting to specify the length, in seconds, of each individual CMAF // segment. This value applies to the whole package; that is, to every output in // the output group. Note that segments end on the first keyframe after this number // of seconds, so the actual segment length might be slightly longer. If you set // Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to single file, the service puts the // content of each output in a single file that has metadata that marks these // segments. If you set it to segmented files, the service creates multiple files // for each output, each with the content of one segment. SegmentLength *int32 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of // variant manifest. StreamInfResolution CmafStreamInfResolution // When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output. WriteDashManifest CmafWriteDASHManifest // When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output. WriteHlsManifest CmafWriteHLSManifest // When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests // (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment // durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline // element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature // isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The // segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the // SegmentTemplate element. WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a single video, audio, or caption output.
type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest ¶
type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest string
const ( CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE" CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest
type CmafKeyProviderType ¶
type CmafKeyProviderType string
const ( CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke CmafKeyProviderType = "SPEKE" CmafKeyProviderTypeStatic_key CmafKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY" )
Enum values for CmafKeyProviderType
type CmafManifestCompression ¶
type CmafManifestCompression string
const ( CmafManifestCompressionGzip CmafManifestCompression = "GZIP" CmafManifestCompressionNone CmafManifestCompression = "NONE" )
Enum values for CmafManifestCompression
type CmafManifestDurationFormat ¶
type CmafManifestDurationFormat string
const ( CmafManifestDurationFormatFloating_point CmafManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT" CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger CmafManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER" )
Enum values for CmafManifestDurationFormat
type CmafMpdProfile ¶
type CmafMpdProfile string
const ( CmafMpdProfileMain_profile CmafMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE" CmafMpdProfileOn_demand_profile CmafMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE" )
Enum values for CmafMpdProfile
type CmafSegmentControl ¶
type CmafSegmentControl string
const ( CmafSegmentControlSingle_file CmafSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE" CmafSegmentControlSegmented_files CmafSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES" )
Enum values for CmafSegmentControl
type CmafStreamInfResolution ¶
type CmafStreamInfResolution string
const ( CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE" CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for CmafStreamInfResolution
type CmafWriteDASHManifest ¶
type CmafWriteDASHManifest string
const ( CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "DISABLED" CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for CmafWriteDASHManifest
type CmafWriteHLSManifest ¶
type CmafWriteHLSManifest string
const ( CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "DISABLED" CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for CmafWriteHLSManifest
type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation ¶
type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const ( CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED" CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
type CmfcScte35Esam ¶
type CmfcScte35Esam string
const ( CmfcScte35EsamInsert CmfcScte35Esam = "INSERT" CmfcScte35EsamNone CmfcScte35Esam = "NONE" )
Enum values for CmfcScte35Esam
type CmfcScte35Source ¶
type CmfcScte35Source string
const ( CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough CmfcScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" CmfcScte35SourceNone CmfcScte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for CmfcScte35Source
type CmfcSettings ¶
type CmfcSettings struct { // Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT // to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify // in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml). Scte35Esam CmfcScte35Esam // Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. // Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your // input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those // SCTE-35 markers in this output. Scte35Source CmfcScte35Source }
Settings for MP4 segments in CMAF
type ColorCorrector ¶
type ColorCorrector struct { // Brightness level. Brightness *int32 // Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports // conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from // HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The // converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an // unconverted output. HDR to SDR conversion uses Elemental tone mapping technology // to approximate the outcome of manually regrading from HDR to SDR. ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion // Contrast level. Contrast *int32 // Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the SMPTE // ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want signaled in // the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the // video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display // content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator. When // you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10), // these settings are required. You must set values for Max frame average light // level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light level // (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value. The default // values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color // space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr. Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata // Hue in degrees. Hue *int32 // Saturation level. Saturation *int32 }
Settings for color correction.
type ColorMetadata ¶
type ColorMetadata string
const ( ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE" ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT" )
Enum values for ColorMetadata
type ColorSpace ¶
type ColorSpace string
const ( ColorSpaceFollow ColorSpace = "FOLLOW" ColorSpaceRec_601 ColorSpace = "REC_601" ColorSpaceRec_709 ColorSpace = "REC_709" ColorSpaceHdr10 ColorSpace = "HDR10" ColorSpaceHlg_2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020" )
Enum values for ColorSpace
type ColorSpaceConversion ¶
type ColorSpaceConversion string
const ( ColorSpaceConversionNone ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE" ColorSpaceConversionForce_601 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601" ColorSpaceConversionForce_709 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709" ColorSpaceConversionForce_hdr10 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10" ColorSpaceConversionForce_hlg_2020 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020" )
Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion
type ColorSpaceUsage ¶
type ColorSpaceUsage string
const ( ColorSpaceUsageForce ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE" ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK" )
Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage
type Commitment ¶
type Commitment string
const ( CommitmentOne_year Commitment = "ONE_YEAR" )
Enum values for Commitment
type ConflictException ¶
type ConflictException struct { Message *string }
The service couldn't complete your request because there is a conflict with the current state of the resource.
func (*ConflictException) Error ¶
func (e *ConflictException) Error() string
func (*ConflictException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string
func (*ConflictException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*ConflictException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string
type ContainerSettings ¶
type ContainerSettings struct { // Settings for MP4 segments in CMAF CmfcSettings *CmfcSettings // Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. // If not specified, the default object will be created. Container ContainerType // Settings for F4v container F4vSettings *F4vSettings // MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when // the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In // these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport // stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. // Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier // (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The // PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream // systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type // of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the // asset. M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings // Settings for TS segments in HLS M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings // Settings for MOV Container. MovSettings *MovSettings // Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this // container. Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings // Settings for MP4 segments in DASH MpdSettings *MpdSettings // MXF settings MxfSettings *MxfSettings }
Container specific settings.
type ContainerType ¶
type ContainerType string
const ( ContainerTypeF4v ContainerType = "F4V" ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV" ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS" ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8" ContainerTypeCmfc ContainerType = "CMFC" ContainerTypeMov ContainerType = "MOV" ContainerTypeMp4 ContainerType = "MP4" ContainerTypeMpd ContainerType = "MPD" ContainerTypeMxf ContainerType = "MXF" ContainerTypeWebm ContainerType = "WEBM" ContainerTypeRaw ContainerType = "RAW" )
Enum values for ContainerType
type DashAdditionalManifest ¶
type DashAdditionalManifest struct { // Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to // make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output // group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your DASH group is // film-name.mpd. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name // the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.mpd. ManifestNameModifier *string // Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to // reference. SelectedOutputs []*string }
Specify the details for each additional DASH manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type DashIsoEncryptionSettings ¶
type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct { // This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on // obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption. // Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback // on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you // choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access // unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted. PlaybackDeviceCompatibility DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility // If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings // when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output // group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead. SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider }
Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.
type DashIsoGroupSettings ¶
type DashIsoGroupSettings struct { // By default, the service creates one .mpd DASH manifest for each DASH ISO output // group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the output // group. To create additional DASH manifests that reference a subset of the // outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here. AdditionalManifests []*DashAdditionalManifest // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the top // level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL // than the manifest file. BaseUrl *string // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the // base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. // If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first // input file. Destination *string // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of // destination DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings // DRM settings. Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When Emit // Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output file // and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other output // types. FragmentLength *int32 // Supports HbbTV specification as indicated HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth // playout. MinBufferTime *int32 // Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main // profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals // urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you // choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals // urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose // On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control // (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE). MpdProfile DashIsoMpdProfile // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to // SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created. SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl // Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end on // the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length may be // longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal to a // single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in // other output types. SegmentLength *int32 // If you get an HTTP error in the 400 range when you play back your DASH output, // enable this setting and run your transcoding job again. When you enable this // setting, the service writes precise segment durations in the DASH manifest. The // segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside // SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When you don't enable this setting, // the service writes approximate segment durations in your DASH manifest. WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.
type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance ¶
type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string
const ( DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv_1_5 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5" DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE" )
Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance
type DashIsoMpdProfile ¶
type DashIsoMpdProfile string
const ( DashIsoMpdProfileMain_profile DashIsoMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE" DashIsoMpdProfileOn_demand_profile DashIsoMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE" )
Enum values for DashIsoMpdProfile
type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility ¶
type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility string
const ( DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCenc_v1 DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "CENC_V1" DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencrypted_sei DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI" )
Enum values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility
type DashIsoSegmentControl ¶
type DashIsoSegmentControl string
const ( DashIsoSegmentControlSingle_file DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE" DashIsoSegmentControlSegmented_files DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES" )
Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl
type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation ¶
type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const ( DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED" DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
type DecryptionMode ¶
type DecryptionMode string
const ( DecryptionModeAes_ctr DecryptionMode = "AES_CTR" DecryptionModeAes_cbc DecryptionMode = "AES_CBC" DecryptionModeAes_gcm DecryptionMode = "AES_GCM" )
Enum values for DecryptionMode
type DeinterlaceAlgorithm ¶
type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string
const ( DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate_ticker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER" DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND" DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend_ticker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER" )
Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm
type Deinterlacer ¶
type Deinterlacer struct { // Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace // (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) // produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use // (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, // such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame. Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm // * When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that // are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are // tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer // converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as // progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata // has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on // otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will // probably result in lower quality video. Control DeinterlacerControl // Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do // deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to // progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive // 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. Mode DeinterlacerMode }
Settings for deinterlacer
type DeinterlacerControl ¶
type DeinterlacerControl string
const ( DeinterlacerControlForce_all_frames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES" DeinterlacerControlNormal DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for DeinterlacerControl
type DeinterlacerMode ¶
type DeinterlacerMode string
const ( DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE" DeinterlacerModeInverse_telecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE" DeinterlacerModeAdaptive DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE" )
Enum values for DeinterlacerMode
type DescribeEndpointsMode ¶
type DescribeEndpointsMode string
const ( DescribeEndpointsModeDefault DescribeEndpointsMode = "DEFAULT" DescribeEndpointsModeGet_only DescribeEndpointsMode = "GET_ONLY" )
Enum values for DescribeEndpointsMode
type DestinationSettings ¶
type DestinationSettings struct { // Settings associated with S3 destination S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings }
Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination
type DolbyVision ¶
type DolbyVision struct { // Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the // MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values. L6Metadata *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata // Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision MaxCLL // and MaxFALL properies. L6Mode DolbyVisionLevel6Mode // In the current MediaConvert implementation, the Dolby Vision profile is always 5 // (PROFILE_5). Therefore, all of your inputs must contain Dolby Vision frame // interleaved data. Profile DolbyVisionProfile }
Settings for Dolby Vision
type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata ¶
type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata struct { // Maximum Content Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the // brightest pixel in the entire stream. Measured in nits. MaxCll *int32 // Maximum Frame-Average Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the // highest frame-average brightness in the entire stream. Measured in nits. MaxFall *int32 }
Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode ¶
type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode string
const ( DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "PASSTHROUGH" DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "RECALCULATE" DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "SPECIFY" )
Enum values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode
type DolbyVisionProfile ¶
type DolbyVisionProfile string
const ( DolbyVisionProfileProfile_5 DolbyVisionProfile = "PROFILE_5" )
Enum values for DolbyVisionProfile
type DropFrameTimecode ¶
type DropFrameTimecode string
const ( DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED" DropFrameTimecodeEnabled DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for DropFrameTimecode
type DvbNitSettings ¶
type DvbNitSettings struct { // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). NetworkId *int32 // The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. NetworkName *string // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. NitInterval *int32 }
Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.
type DvbSdtSettings ¶
type DvbSdtSettings struct { // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input // SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input // SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the // user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT // information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. OutputSdt OutputSdt // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. SdtInterval *int32 // The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. ServiceName *string // The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. ServiceProviderName *string }
Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.
type DvbSubDestinationSettings ¶
type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the // font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is // transparent. Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 // (transparent). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundOpacity *int32 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is // transparent. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontOpacity *int32 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontResolution *int32 // Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is // not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or // CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is used // to help determine the appropriate font for rendering DVB-Sub captions. FontScript FontScript // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontSize *int32 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that // are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must // match. OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are // already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings // must match. OutlineSize *int32 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub // font settings must match. ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowOpacity *int32 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowXOffset *int32 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowYOffset *int32 // Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired. Choose // hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and dialogue. // Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue. SubtitlingType DvbSubtitlingType // Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify // whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid // or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing // specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the // text easier to read if the captions are closed caption. TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side of // the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 // pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the // horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. This // option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. XPosition *int32 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the output // in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from // the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will // be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. YPosition *int32 }
DVB-Sub Destination Settings
type DvbSubSourceSettings ¶
type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, // regardless of selectors. Pid *int32 }
DVB Sub Source Settings
type DvbSubtitleAlignment ¶
type DvbSubtitleAlignment string
const ( DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED" DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment
type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const ( DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE" DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor
type DvbSubtitleFontColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleFontColor string
const ( DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE" DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW" DvbSubtitleFontColorRed DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED" DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN" DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor
type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string
const ( DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor
type DvbSubtitleShadowColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string
const ( DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE" DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor
type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing ¶
type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const ( DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixed_grid DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID" DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing
type DvbSubtitlingType ¶
type DvbSubtitlingType string
const ( DvbSubtitlingTypeHearing_impaired DvbSubtitlingType = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard DvbSubtitlingType = "STANDARD" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitlingType
type DvbTdtSettings ¶
type DvbTdtSettings struct { // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. TdtInterval *int32 }
Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode ¶
type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode string
const ( Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeComplete_main Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode
type Eac3AtmosCodingMode ¶
type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string
const ( Eac3AtmosCodingModeCoding_mode_9_1_6 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode
type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence ¶
type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence string
const ( Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "ENABLED" Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence
type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine ¶
type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const ( Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilm_standard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilm_light Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusic_standard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusic_light Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine
type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf ¶
type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const ( Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilm_standard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilm_light Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusic_standard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusic_light Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf
type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode ¶
type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode string
const ( Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeq_a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "LEQ_A" Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItu_bs_1770_1 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_1" Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItu_bs_1770_2 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_2" Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItu_bs_1770_3 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_3" Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItu_bs_1770_4 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_4" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode
type Eac3AtmosSettings ¶
type Eac3AtmosSettings struct { // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values: 384k, 448k, 640k, // 768k Bitrate *int32 // Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For // more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). BitstreamMode Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode // The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6 // (CODING_MODE_9_1_6). CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode // Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue // analysis. DialogueIntelligence Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence // Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression. DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine // Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the // audio. DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only // center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the // service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix // (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and // -6.0. LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only // (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service // uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix // (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The // value -60 mutes the channel. LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total // center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the // service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix // (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and // -6.0. LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total // surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How // the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo // downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. // The value -60 mutes the channel. LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 // Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio. MeteringMode Eac3AtmosMeteringMode // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz. SampleRate *int32 // Specify the percentage of audio content that must be speech before the encoder // uses the measured speech loudness as the overall program loudness. SpeechThreshold *int32 // Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. StereoDownmix Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix // Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel // matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels. SurroundExMode Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix ¶
type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix string
const ( Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNot_indicated Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "STEREO" Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "SURROUND" Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2 Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "DPL2" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix
type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode ¶
type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode string
const ( Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNot_indicated Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "ENABLED" Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode
type Eac3AttenuationControl ¶
type Eac3AttenuationControl string
const ( Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate_3_db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" Eac3AttenuationControlNone Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE" )
Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl
type Eac3BitstreamMode ¶
type Eac3BitstreamMode string
const ( Eac3BitstreamModeComplete_main Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN" Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY" Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY" Eac3BitstreamModeHearing_impaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" Eac3BitstreamModeVisually_impaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" )
Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode
type Eac3CodingMode ¶
type Eac3CodingMode string
const ( Eac3CodingModeCoding_mode_1_0 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" Eac3CodingModeCoding_mode_2_0 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" Eac3CodingModeCoding_mode_3_2 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2" )
Enum values for Eac3CodingMode
type Eac3DcFilter ¶
type Eac3DcFilter string
const ( Eac3DcFilterEnabled Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED" Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3DcFilter
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine ¶
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const ( Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilm_standard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilm_light Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusic_standard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusic_light Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf ¶
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const ( Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilm_standard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilm_light Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusic_standard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusic_light Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf
type Eac3LfeControl ¶
type Eac3LfeControl string
const ( Eac3LfeControlLfe Eac3LfeControl = "LFE" Eac3LfeControlNo_lfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE" )
Enum values for Eac3LfeControl
type Eac3LfeFilter ¶
type Eac3LfeFilter string
const ( Eac3LfeFilterEnabled Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED" Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter
type Eac3MetadataControl ¶
type Eac3MetadataControl string
const ( Eac3MetadataControlFollow_input Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" Eac3MetadataControlUse_configured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl
type Eac3PassthroughControl ¶
type Eac3PassthroughControl string
const ( Eac3PassthroughControlWhen_possible Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" Eac3PassthroughControlNo_passthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl
type Eac3PhaseControl ¶
type Eac3PhaseControl string
const ( Eac3PhaseControlShift_90_degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" Eac3PhaseControlNo_shift Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT" )
Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl
type Eac3Settings ¶
type Eac3Settings struct { // If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the // coding mode. Bitrate *int32 // Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For // more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. CodingMode Eac3CodingMode // Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. DcFilter Eac3DcFilter // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. Dialnorm *int32 // Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression. DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine // Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the // audio. DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf // When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled LfeControl Eac3LfeControl // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid // with 3_2_LFE coding mode. LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right // only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How // the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo // downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, // -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you // keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the // setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding // mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel). LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right // only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the // service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix // (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value // -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value // of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode // (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service // ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel). LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right // total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. // How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo // downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, // -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you // keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the // setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding // mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel). LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right // total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for // downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose // for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, // and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep // the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting // Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, // the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel). LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or // DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one // of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl // When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is // present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+ // output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl // Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used // for 3/2 coding mode. PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz. SampleRate *int32 // Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you // keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the // setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding // mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is // matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the // two channels. SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.
type Eac3StereoDownmix ¶
type Eac3StereoDownmix string
const ( Eac3StereoDownmixNot_indicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3StereoDownmixLo_ro Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO" Eac3StereoDownmixLt_rt Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT" Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2" )
Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix
type Eac3SurroundExMode ¶
type Eac3SurroundExMode string
const ( Eac3SurroundExModeNot_indicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED" Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode
type Eac3SurroundMode ¶
type Eac3SurroundMode string
const ( Eac3SurroundModeNot_indicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3SurroundModeEnabled Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED" Eac3SurroundModeDisabled Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode
type EmbeddedConvert608To708 ¶
type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
const ( EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT" EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708
type EmbeddedDestinationSettings ¶
type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { // Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output // captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions // channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that aren't // in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded. Destination608ChannelNumber *int32 // Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both // 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708 // service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for // each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert // (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector // settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number, // MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number // (destination608ChannelNumber) for the 708 service number. For more information, // see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded. Destination708ServiceNumber *int32 }
Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708 Channel destination number.
type EmbeddedSourceSettings ¶
type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { // Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 // and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the // captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 // compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 // data into 708. Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. Source608ChannelNumber *int32 // Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system only // supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'. Source608TrackNumber *int32 // By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each // input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this // setting. TerminateCaptions EmbeddedTerminateCaptions }
Settings for embedded captions Source
type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions ¶
type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions string
const ( EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEnd_of_input EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT" EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions
type Endpoint ¶
type Endpoint struct { // URL of endpoint Url *string }
Describes an account-specific API endpoint.
type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification ¶
type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct { // Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside your // JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The // transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message that // you supply. MccXml *string }
ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
type EsamSettings ¶
type EsamSettings struct { // Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per // OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning // instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML (mccXml). ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification // Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages // that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the time // between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than this value, // then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning of the stream. ResponseSignalPreroll *int32 // Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per // OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing // instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML (sccXml). SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification }
Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion, you can ignore these settings.
type EsamSignalProcessingNotification ¶
type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct { // Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job // settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder // will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you supply. // Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job // settings. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place // SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you // must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM (scte35Esam). Note that you can either specify an // ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both. SccXml *string }
ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
type F4vMoovPlacement ¶
type F4vMoovPlacement string
const ( F4vMoovPlacementProgressive_download F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" F4vMoovPlacementNormal F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement
type F4vSettings ¶
type F4vSettings struct { // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of // the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed // normally at the end. MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement }
Settings for F4v container
type FileGroupSettings ¶
type FileGroupSettings struct { // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the // base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. // If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first // input file. Destination *string // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of // destination DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.
type FileSourceConvert608To708 ¶
type FileSourceConvert608To708 string
const ( FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT" FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708
type FileSourceSettings ¶
type FileSourceSettings struct { // Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 // and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the // captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 // compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 // data into 708. Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708 // Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the // service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and // input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as // a fraction, using the settings Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator) and // Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator). For example, you might specify 24 // / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 // for 29.97 fps. Framerate *CaptionSourceFramerate // External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions are // 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', and 'smi'. SourceFile *string // Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source file. TimeDelta *int32 }
If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
type FontScript ¶
type FontScript string
const ( FontScriptAutomatic FontScript = "AUTOMATIC" FontScriptHans FontScript = "HANS" FontScriptHant FontScript = "HANT" )
Enum values for FontScript
type ForbiddenException ¶
type ForbiddenException struct { Message *string }
You don't have permissions for this action with the credentials you sent.
func (*ForbiddenException) Error ¶
func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string
func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string
func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string
type FrameCaptureSettings ¶
type FrameCaptureSettings struct { // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame // every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of // framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per // second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named // as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number of each Capture. FramerateDenominator *int32 // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame // every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of // framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per // second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named // as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame sequence number zero padded // to 7 decimal places. FramerateNumerator *int32 // Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files). MaxCaptures *int32 // JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality. Quality *int32 }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
type H264AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER" H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX" )
Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization
type H264CodecLevel ¶
type H264CodecLevel string
const ( H264CodecLevelAuto H264CodecLevel = "AUTO" H264CodecLevelLevel_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_1_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_1_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2" H264CodecLevelLevel_1_3 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3" H264CodecLevelLevel_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2" H264CodecLevelLevel_2_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_2_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2" H264CodecLevelLevel_3 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3" H264CodecLevelLevel_3_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_3_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2" H264CodecLevelLevel_4 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4" H264CodecLevelLevel_4_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_4_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2" H264CodecLevelLevel_5 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5" H264CodecLevelLevel_5_1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1" H264CodecLevelLevel_5_2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2" )
Enum values for H264CodecLevel
type H264CodecProfile ¶
type H264CodecProfile string
const ( H264CodecProfileBaseline H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE" H264CodecProfileHigh H264CodecProfile = "HIGH" H264CodecProfileHigh_10bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT" H264CodecProfileHigh_422 H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422" H264CodecProfileHigh_422_10bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT" H264CodecProfileMain H264CodecProfile = "MAIN" )
Enum values for H264CodecProfile
type H264DynamicSubGop ¶
type H264DynamicSubGop string
const ( H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive H264DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE" H264DynamicSubGopStatic H264DynamicSubGop = "STATIC" )
Enum values for H264DynamicSubGop
type H264EntropyEncoding ¶
type H264EntropyEncoding string
const ( H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC" H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC" )
Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding
type H264FieldEncoding ¶
type H264FieldEncoding string
const ( H264FieldEncodingPaff H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF" H264FieldEncodingForce_field H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD" )
Enum values for H264FieldEncoding
type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
type H264FramerateControl ¶
type H264FramerateControl string
const ( H264FramerateControlInitialize_from_source H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H264FramerateControlSpecified H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H264FramerateControl
type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type H264GopBReference ¶
type H264GopBReference string
const ( H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED" H264GopBReferenceEnabled H264GopBReference = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264GopBReference
type H264GopSizeUnits ¶
type H264GopSizeUnits string
const ( H264GopSizeUnitsFrames H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits
type H264InterlaceMode ¶
type H264InterlaceMode string
const ( H264InterlaceModeProgressive H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" H264InterlaceModeTop_field H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeBottom_field H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeFollow_top_field H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeFollow_bottom_field H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for H264InterlaceMode
type H264ParControl ¶
type H264ParControl string
const ( H264ParControlInitialize_from_source H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H264ParControlSpecified H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H264ParControl
type H264QualityTuningLevel ¶
type H264QualityTuningLevel string
const ( H264QualityTuningLevelSingle_pass H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" H264QualityTuningLevelSingle_pass_hq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" H264QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass_hq H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel
type H264QvbrSettings ¶
type H264QvbrSettings struct { // Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is // Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your // input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this // output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video // element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of // seconds of encoded output. MaxAverageBitrate *int32 // Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify // qvbrSettings within h264Settings. Specify the general target quality level for // this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 // results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most // broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value // between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. QvbrQualityLevel *int32 // Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is // between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. // MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole // number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33. QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 }
Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.
type H264RateControlMode ¶
type H264RateControlMode string
const ( H264RateControlModeVbr H264RateControlMode = "VBR" H264RateControlModeCbr H264RateControlMode = "CBR" H264RateControlModeQvbr H264RateControlMode = "QVBR" )
Enum values for H264RateControlMode
type H264RepeatPps ¶
type H264RepeatPps string
const ( H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED" H264RepeatPpsEnabled H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264RepeatPps
type H264SceneChangeDetect ¶
type H264SceneChangeDetect string
const ( H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" H264SceneChangeDetectTransition_detection H264SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION" )
Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect
type H264Settings ¶
type H264Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS // Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest // multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int32 // Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If // you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO). CodecLevel H264CodecLevel // H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I // License. CodecProfile H264CodecProfile // Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. // This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based // on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for // low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you // provide for the setting B frames between reference frames // (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). DynamicSubGop H264DynamicSubGop // Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding // Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl H264FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use duplicate drop conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the // console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as // a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateDenominator *int32 // Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. FramerateNumerator *int32 // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1. GopBReference H264GopBReference // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this // be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly // as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int32 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero. GopSize *float64 // Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as // 5000000. HrdBufferSize *int32 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or // bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. // Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type, as follows. // // * If the // source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as // the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of // "top field first" and "bottom field first". // // * If the source is progressive, // the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" // polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode // Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR. MaxBitrate *int32 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by // Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of // a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change // I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. // The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when // Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + // Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int32 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if // using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. NumberReferenceFrames *int32 // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for // this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses // the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the // console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR // by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose // SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator // and parDenominator settings. ParControl H264ParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want // to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is // faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding. QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel // Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec. // Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate // control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control // mode. QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings // Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), // constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). RateControlMode H264RateControlMode // Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. RepeatPps H264RepeatPps // Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service // automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If // this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for // further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr. SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the // number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. Slices *int32 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as // 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal H264SlowPal // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content // in the encoded image. Softness *int32 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. Syntax H264Syntax // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field // is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > // Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: // Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i // output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this // output to 29.97i. Telecine H264Telecine // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264.
type H264SlowPal ¶
type H264SlowPal string
const ( H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED" H264SlowPalEnabled H264SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264SlowPal
type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
type H264Syntax ¶
type H264Syntax string
const ( H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT" H264SyntaxRp2027 H264Syntax = "RP2027" )
Enum values for H264Syntax
type H264Telecine ¶
type H264Telecine string
const ( H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE" H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT" H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for H264Telecine
type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode ¶
type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const ( H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED" H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
type H265AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER" H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX" )
Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization
type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei ¶
type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string
const ( H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED" H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei
type H265CodecLevel ¶
type H265CodecLevel string
const ( H265CodecLevelAuto H265CodecLevel = "AUTO" H265CodecLevelLevel_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_2 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2" H265CodecLevelLevel_2_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_3 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3" H265CodecLevelLevel_3_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_4 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4" H265CodecLevelLevel_4_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_5 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5" H265CodecLevelLevel_5_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_5_2 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2" H265CodecLevelLevel_6 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6" H265CodecLevelLevel_6_1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1" H265CodecLevelLevel_6_2 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2" )
Enum values for H265CodecLevel
type H265CodecProfile ¶
type H265CodecProfile string
const ( H265CodecProfileMain_main H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain_high H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain10_main H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain10_high H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain_422_8bit_main H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain_422_8bit_high H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain_422_10bit_main H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain_422_10bit_high H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH" )
Enum values for H265CodecProfile
type H265DynamicSubGop ¶
type H265DynamicSubGop string
const ( H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive H265DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE" H265DynamicSubGopStatic H265DynamicSubGop = "STATIC" )
Enum values for H265DynamicSubGop
type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
type H265FramerateControl ¶
type H265FramerateControl string
const ( H265FramerateControlInitialize_from_source H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H265FramerateControlSpecified H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H265FramerateControl
type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type H265GopBReference ¶
type H265GopBReference string
const ( H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED" H265GopBReferenceEnabled H265GopBReference = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265GopBReference
type H265GopSizeUnits ¶
type H265GopSizeUnits string
const ( H265GopSizeUnitsFrames H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits
type H265InterlaceMode ¶
type H265InterlaceMode string
const ( H265InterlaceModeProgressive H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" H265InterlaceModeTop_field H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeBottom_field H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeFollow_top_field H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeFollow_bottom_field H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for H265InterlaceMode
type H265ParControl ¶
type H265ParControl string
const ( H265ParControlInitialize_from_source H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H265ParControlSpecified H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H265ParControl
type H265QualityTuningLevel ¶
type H265QualityTuningLevel string
const ( H265QualityTuningLevelSingle_pass H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" H265QualityTuningLevelSingle_pass_hq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" H265QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass_hq H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel
type H265QvbrSettings ¶
type H265QvbrSettings struct { // Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is // Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your // input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this // output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video // element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of // seconds of encoded output. MaxAverageBitrate *int32 // Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify // qvbrSettings within h265Settings. Specify the general target quality level for // this output, from 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 // results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most // broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value // between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. QvbrQualityLevel *int32 // Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is // between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be // 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33. // MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole // number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set // qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33. QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64 }
Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.
type H265RateControlMode ¶
type H265RateControlMode string
const ( H265RateControlModeVbr H265RateControlMode = "VBR" H265RateControlModeCbr H265RateControlMode = "CBR" H265RateControlModeQvbr H265RateControlMode = "QVBR" )
Enum values for H265RateControlMode
type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode ¶
type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string
const ( H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT" H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE" H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF" )
Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode
type H265SceneChangeDetect ¶
type H265SceneChangeDetect string
const ( H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" H265SceneChangeDetectTransition_detection H265SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION" )
Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect
type H265Settings ¶
type H265Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization // Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log // Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS // Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest // multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int32 // H.265 Level. CodecLevel H265CodecLevel // Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections // are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with // High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. CodecProfile H265CodecProfile // Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. // This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based // on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for // low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you // provide for the setting B frames between reference frames // (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). DynamicSubGop H265DynamicSubGop // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl H265FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use duplicate drop conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm // Frame rate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int32 // Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. FramerateNumerator *int32 // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1. GopBReference H265GopBReference // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this // be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly // as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int32 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero. GopSize *float64 // Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as // 5000000. HrdBufferSize *int32 // Choose the scan line type for the output. Choose Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to // create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Choose // Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an // output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Choose Follow, // Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) // to create an interlaced output with the same field polarity as the source. If // the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity // as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix // of "top field first" and "bottom field first". If the source is progressive, // your output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" // polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. If you don't // choose a value, the service will default to Progressive (PROGRESSIVE). InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode // Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR. MaxBitrate *int32 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by // Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of // a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change // I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. // The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when // Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + // Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int32 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if // using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. NumberReferenceFrames *int32 // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for // this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses // the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the // console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR // by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose // SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator // and parDenominator settings. ParControl H265ParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want // to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is // faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding. QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel // Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. // Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate // control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control // mode. QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings // Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), // constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). RateControlMode H265RateControlMode // Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically // selects best strength based on content SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode // Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service // automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If // this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for // further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr. SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the // number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. Slices *int32 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as // 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal H265SlowPal // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field // is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > // Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: // Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i // output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this // output to 29.97i. Telecine H265Telecine // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization // Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are // supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference // B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third // layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate // a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and // with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the // frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal // layer) for a half frame rate output. TemporalIds H265TemporalIds // Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the // encoded pictures. Tiles H265Tiles // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode // If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow, // ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or with // standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose HVC1 to // mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the following // specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition. // For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample // headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when you choose HVC1, // your output video might not work properly with some downstream systems and video // players. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. For these outputs, // the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples. WriteMp4PackagingType H265WriteMp4PackagingType }
Settings for H265 codec
type H265SlowPal ¶
type H265SlowPal string
const ( H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED" H265SlowPalEnabled H265SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265SlowPal
type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
type H265Telecine ¶
type H265Telecine string
const ( H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE" H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT" H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for H265Telecine
type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
type H265TemporalIds ¶
type H265TemporalIds string
const ( H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED" H265TemporalIdsEnabled H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265TemporalIds
type H265Tiles ¶
type H265Tiles string
Enum values for H265Tiles
type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode ¶
type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const ( H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED" H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode
type H265WriteMp4PackagingType ¶
type H265WriteMp4PackagingType string
const ( H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HVC1" H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HEV1" )
Enum values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType
type Hdr10Metadata ¶
type Hdr10Metadata struct { // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. BluePrimaryX *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. BluePrimaryY *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. GreenPrimaryX *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. GreenPrimaryY *int32 // Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units of // candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you must // specify a value that is suitable for the content. MaxContentLightLevel *int32 // Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in units // of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you // must specify a value that is suitable for the content. MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int32 // Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per // square meter. MaxLuminance *int32 // Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per // square meter MinLuminance *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. RedPrimaryX *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. RedPrimaryY *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. WhitePointX *int32 // HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction. WhitePointY *int32 }
Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator.
type HlsAdMarkers ¶
type HlsAdMarkers string
const ( HlsAdMarkersElemental HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL" HlsAdMarkersElemental_scte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" )
Enum values for HlsAdMarkers
type HlsAdditionalManifest ¶
type HlsAdditionalManifest struct { // Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to // make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output // group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is // film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name // the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8. // For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the // nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create // unique names for the individual variant manifests. ManifestNameModifier *string // Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to // reference. SelectedOutputs []*string }
Specify the details for each additional HLS manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type HlsAudioOnlyContainer ¶
type HlsAudioOnlyContainer string
const ( HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "AUTOMATIC" HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "M2TS" )
Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer
type HlsAudioTrackType ¶
type HlsAudioTrackType string
const ( HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternate_audio_auto_select_default HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternate_audio_auto_select HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternate_audio_not_auto_select HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAudio_only_variant_stream HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" )
Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType
type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping ¶
type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct { // Caption channel. CaptionChannel *int32 // Specify the language for this captions channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 // three-letter language code CustomLanguageCode *string // Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at // https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php. LanguageCode LanguageCode // Caption language description. LanguageDescription *string }
Caption Language Mapping
type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting ¶
type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
const ( HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT" HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT" HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE" )
Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting
type HlsClientCache ¶
type HlsClientCache string
const ( HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED" HlsClientCacheEnabled HlsClientCache = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for HlsClientCache
type HlsCodecSpecification ¶
type HlsCodecSpecification string
const ( HlsCodecSpecificationRfc_6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381" HlsCodecSpecificationRfc_4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281" )
Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification
type HlsDirectoryStructure ¶
type HlsDirectoryStructure string
const ( HlsDirectoryStructureSingle_directory HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectory_per_stream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" )
Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure
type HlsEncryptionSettings ¶
type HlsEncryptionSettings struct { // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the // segment number by default. ConstantInitializationVector *string // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. // Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType // The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key // for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the // manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest // Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master // playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection. OfflineEncrypted HlsOfflineEncrypted // If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings // when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output // group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead. SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider // Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider. StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider // Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that // follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html. Type HlsKeyProviderType }
Settings for HLS encryption
type HlsEncryptionType ¶
type HlsEncryptionType string
const ( HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 HlsEncryptionType = "AES128" HlsEncryptionTypeSample_aes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES" )
Enum values for HlsEncryptionType
type HlsGroupSettings ¶
type HlsGroupSettings struct { // Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This // setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs // themselves. AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers // By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest for each HLS // output group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the // output group. To create additional top-level manifests that reference a subset // of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here. AdditionalManifests []*HlsAdditionalManifest // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the // main .m3u8 file. BaseUrl *string // Language to be used on Caption outputs CaptionLanguageMappings []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code // field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make // sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original // source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors // (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest // will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line // from the manifest. CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from // saving media segments for later replay. ClientCache HlsClientCache // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist // generation. CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the // base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. // If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first // input file. Destination *string // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of // destination DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings // Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure // DRM settings. Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for // segment duration. ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat // Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a // problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that // player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length // of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final // segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1 // and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting, // the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that // you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3 // seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment // length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment // is 3.5 seconds. MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 // When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within the // specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed. MinSegmentLength *int32 // Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS // output group. OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The // value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized // using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input // timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. ProgramDateTimePeriod *int32 // When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, // uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual // segment length may be longer. SegmentLength *int32 // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. // directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect. SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int32 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of // variant manifest. StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. TimedMetadataId3Period *int32 // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int32 }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.
type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest ¶
type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string
const ( HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE" HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest
type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest ¶
type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string
const ( HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE" HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest
type HlsKeyProviderType ¶
type HlsKeyProviderType string
const ( HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE" HlsKeyProviderTypeStatic_key HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY" )
Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType
type HlsManifestCompression ¶
type HlsManifestCompression string
const ( HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP" HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE" )
Enum values for HlsManifestCompression
type HlsManifestDurationFormat ¶
type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
const ( HlsManifestDurationFormatFloating_point HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT" HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER" )
Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat
type HlsOfflineEncrypted ¶
type HlsOfflineEncrypted string
const ( HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "ENABLED" HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for HlsOfflineEncrypted
type HlsOutputSelection ¶
type HlsOutputSelection string
const ( HlsOutputSelectionManifests_and_segments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" HlsOutputSelectionSegments_only HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" )
Enum values for HlsOutputSelection
type HlsProgramDateTime ¶
type HlsProgramDateTime string
const ( HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE" HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime
type HlsSegmentControl ¶
type HlsSegmentControl string
const ( HlsSegmentControlSingle_file HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE" HlsSegmentControlSegmented_files HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES" )
Enum values for HlsSegmentControl
type HlsSettings ¶
type HlsSettings struct { // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. AudioGroupId *string // Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream // (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value // Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create an audio-only file in a raw container. // Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the // service will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container. AudioOnlyContainer HlsAudioOnlyContainer // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all // the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. AudioRenditionSets *string // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate // Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with // DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an // EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, // not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by // default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, // AUTOSELECT=NO AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType // When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS // manifest IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest // Use this setting to add an identifying string to the filename of each segment. // The service adds this string between the name modifier and segment index number. // You can use format identifiers in the string. For more information, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html SegmentModifier *string }
Settings for HLS output groups
type HlsStreamInfResolution ¶
type HlsStreamInfResolution string
const ( HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE" HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution
type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame ¶
type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const ( HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE" HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV" HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL" )
Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame
type HopDestination ¶
type HopDestination struct { // Optional. When you set up a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a // different relative priority for the job in the destination queue. If you don't // specify, the relative priority will remain the same as in the previous queue. Priority *int32 // Optional unless the job is submitted on the default queue. When you set up a job // to use queue hopping, you can specify a destination queue. This queue cannot be // the original queue to which the job is submitted. If the original queue isn't // the default queue and you don't specify the destination queue, the job will move // to the default queue. Queue *string // Required for setting up a job to use queue hopping. Minimum wait time in minutes // until the job can hop to the destination queue. Valid range is 1 to 1440 // minutes, inclusive. WaitMinutes *int32 }
Optional. Configuration for a destination queue to which the job can hop once a customer-defined minimum wait time has passed.
type Id3Insertion ¶
type Id3Insertion struct { // Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format. Id3 *string // Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format. Timecode *string }
To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create multiple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion).
type ImageInserter ¶
type ImageInserter struct { // Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must be // PNG or TGA files. InsertableImages []*InsertableImage }
Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. This setting is disabled by default.
type ImscDestinationSettings ¶
type ImscDestinationSettings struct { // Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position // information from the captions source in the output. This option is available // only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting // for simplified output captions. StylePassthrough ImscStylePassthrough }
Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.
type ImscStylePassthrough ¶
type ImscStylePassthrough string
const ( ImscStylePassthroughEnabled ImscStylePassthrough = "ENABLED" ImscStylePassthroughDisabled ImscStylePassthrough = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for ImscStylePassthrough
type Input ¶
type Input struct { // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may have // multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector // Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group for more information. AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio // selectors per input. AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector // Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use // in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input. CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector // Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will // include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override // any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop). Crop *Rectangle // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. // Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video // inputs. DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter // Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them // to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key // Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your // content. DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is // disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs. DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter // Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs in // a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you // specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF, // specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example, // "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use // Supplemental IMPs (SupplementalImps) to specify any supplemental IMPs that // contain assets referenced by the CPL. FileInput *string // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, // depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This // is true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and // (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. FilterEnable InputFilterEnable // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. FilterStrength *int32 // Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. // Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is // disabled by default. ImageInserter *ImageInserter // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a // portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you // specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job // outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. InputClippings []*InputClipping // Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output // frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you // specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output // setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will // override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD // (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will // ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior // (scalingBehavior). Position *Rectangle // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a // multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. // Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you // specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. ProgramNumber *int32 // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which // data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and // video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. PsiControl InputPsiControl // Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental IMPs if // the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP. Specify either // the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or the ASSETMAP.xml // files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/", "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"]. You // don't need to specify the IMP that contains your input CPL, because the service // automatically detects it. SupplementalImps []*string // Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings // (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. // This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a // single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions // formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. // Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose // Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that // you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify // a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more // information about timecodes, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode. TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource // Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial // frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located // under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start // (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode. TimecodeStart *string // Selector for video. VideoSelector *VideoSelector }
Specifies media input
type InputClipping ¶
type InputClipping struct { // Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you are // clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the // clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the // format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is // the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into // account your setting for timecode source under input settings // (InputTimecodeSource). For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at // 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video, use // 01:06:00:00. EndTimecode *string // Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the input // you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is // included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not // both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the // minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, // take into account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you // have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to // begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00. StartTimecode *string }
To transcode only portions of your input (clips), include one Input clipping (one instance of InputClipping in the JSON job file) for each input clip. All input clips you specify will be included in every output of the job.
type InputDeblockFilter ¶
type InputDeblockFilter string
const ( InputDeblockFilterEnabled InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED" InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for InputDeblockFilter
type InputDecryptionSettings ¶
type InputDecryptionSettings struct { // Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files. DecryptionMode DecryptionMode // Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings could // be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the encrypted // version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content. The data key must // be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key can be 128, 192, or // 256 bits. EncryptedDecryptionKey *string // Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content // before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector // with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector with // GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are // base64-encoded. InitializationVector *string // Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used to // encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are using // for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. KmsKeyRegion *string }
Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your content.
type InputDenoiseFilter ¶
type InputDenoiseFilter string
const ( InputDenoiseFilterEnabled InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED" InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter
type InputFilterEnable ¶
type InputFilterEnable string
const ( InputFilterEnableAuto InputFilterEnable = "AUTO" InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE" InputFilterEnableForce InputFilterEnable = "FORCE" )
Enum values for InputFilterEnable
type InputPsiControl ¶
type InputPsiControl string
const ( InputPsiControlIgnore_psi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI" InputPsiControlUse_psi InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI" )
Enum values for InputPsiControl
type InputRotate ¶
type InputRotate string
const ( InputRotateDegree_0 InputRotate = "DEGREE_0" InputRotateDegrees_90 InputRotate = "DEGREES_90" InputRotateDegrees_180 InputRotate = "DEGREES_180" InputRotateDegrees_270 InputRotate = "DEGREES_270" InputRotateAuto InputRotate = "AUTO" )
Enum values for InputRotate
type InputTemplate ¶
type InputTemplate struct { // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may have // multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector // Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group for more information. AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio // selectors per input. AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector // Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use // in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input. CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector // Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will // include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override // any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop). Crop *Rectangle // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. // Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video // inputs. DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is // disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs. DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, // depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This // is true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and // (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. FilterEnable InputFilterEnable // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. FilterStrength *int32 // Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. // Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is // disabled by default. ImageInserter *ImageInserter // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a // portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you // specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job // outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. InputClippings []*InputClipping // Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output // frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you // specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output // setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will // override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD // (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will // ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior // (scalingBehavior). Position *Rectangle // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a // multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. // Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you // specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. ProgramNumber *int32 // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which // data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and // video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. PsiControl InputPsiControl // Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings // (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. // This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a // single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions // formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. // Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose // Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that // you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify // a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more // information about timecodes, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode. TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource // Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial // frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located // under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start // (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode. TimecodeStart *string // Selector for video. VideoSelector *VideoSelector }
Specified video input in a template.
type InputTimecodeSource ¶
type InputTimecodeSource string
const ( InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED" InputTimecodeSourceZerobased InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED" InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART" )
Enum values for InputTimecodeSource
type InsertableImage ¶
type InsertableImage struct { // Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output video. // This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time. Duration *int32 // Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that you // specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at full // opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity setting. If // you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear abruptly at the // overlay start time. FadeIn *int32 // Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time that // you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid image // has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out, the // image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration. FadeOut *int32 // Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value // that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your // overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting // blank. Height *int32 // Specify the HTTP, HTTPS, or Amazon S3 location of the image that you want to // overlay on the video. Use a PNG or TGA file. ImageInserterInput *string // Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left edge of // the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify. ImageX *int32 // Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge of // the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify. ImageY *int32 // Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values for // Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer. Layer *int32 // Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through // the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50. Opacity *int32 // Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear on. // This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember to take // into account your timecode source settings. StartTime *string // Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value that's // larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your overlaid // image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting blank. Width *int32 }
Settings that specify how your still graphic overlay appears.
type InternalServerErrorException ¶
type InternalServerErrorException struct { Message *string }
The service encountered an unexpected condition and can't fulfill your request.
func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error ¶
func (e *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string
func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string
func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string
type Job ¶
type Job struct { // The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, see // the User Guide topic at the User Guide at // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html // // This member is required. Role *string // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. // // This member is required. Settings *JobSettings // Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually // complex content. AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings // Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding. For // jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED, // AccelerationStatus is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration // (AccelerationMode) set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the // other states. AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service // determines whether the input files and job settings are compatible with // accelerated transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your // input files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the // service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding, // depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service runs // your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED. AccelerationStatus AccelerationStatus // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string // The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS // Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up. BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource // The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created. CreatedAt *time.Time // A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING CurrentPhase JobPhase // Error code for the job ErrorCode *int32 // Error message of Job ErrorMessage *string // Optional list of hop destinations. HopDestinations []*HopDestination // A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert // resources Id *string // An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as a // percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when your // output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert // provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the // response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate is // reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream, MP4, // and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about job // progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value. JobPercentComplete *int32 // The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job // template. JobTemplate *string // Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully // submitted. Messages *JobMessages // List of output group details OutputGroupDetails []*OutputGroupDetail // Relative priority on the job. Priority *int32 // When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If you don't // specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, see the // User Guide topic at // http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html Queue *string // The job's queue hopping history. QueueTransitions []*QueueTransition // The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your job // after encountering an error. RetryCount *int32 // Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved // transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your // job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with // one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default. SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. Status JobStatus // Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch // Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends // an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job // to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error. StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval // Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in // Unix epoch format in seconds. Timing *Timing // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. You // specify metadata in key/value pairs. UserMetadata map[string]*string }
Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
type JobMessages ¶
type JobMessages struct { // List of messages that are informational only and don't indicate a problem with // your job. Info []*string // List of messages that warn about conditions that might cause your job not to run // or to fail. Warning []*string }
Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully submitted.
type JobPhase ¶
type JobPhase string
const ( JobPhaseProbing JobPhase = "PROBING" JobPhaseTranscoding JobPhase = "TRANSCODING" JobPhaseUploading JobPhase = "UPLOADING" )
Enum values for JobPhase
type JobSettings ¶
type JobSettings struct { // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS // time. AdAvailOffset *int32 // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image, // and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking // Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). Esam *EsamSettings // Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There can // be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to // create the output. Inputs []*Input // Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you // specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter // Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and // analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration // (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs // in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an // instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you // don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the // setting. NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration // (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share // a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, // and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in // (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This // required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under // (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as // follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, // CmafGroupSettings OutputGroups []*OutputGroup // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in // your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each // output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) // objects. TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion }
JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
type JobStatus ¶
type JobStatus string
const ( JobStatusSubmitted JobStatus = "SUBMITTED" JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING" JobStatusComplete JobStatus = "COMPLETE" JobStatusCanceled JobStatus = "CANCELED" JobStatusError JobStatus = "ERROR" )
Enum values for JobStatus
type JobTemplate ¶
type JobTemplate struct { // A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within your // account. // // This member is required. Name *string // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template // that will be applied to jobs created from it. // // This member is required. Settings *JobTemplateSettings // Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually // complex content. AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string // An optional category you create to organize your job templates. Category *string // The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation. CreatedAt *time.Time // An optional description you create for each job template. Description *string // Optional list of hop destinations. HopDestinations []*HopDestination // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time // Relative priority on the job. Priority *int32 // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. If you // don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. Queue *string // Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch // Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends // an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job // to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error. StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval // A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in job // templates can't be modified or deleted by the user. Type Type }
A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job.
type JobTemplateListBy ¶
type JobTemplateListBy string
const ( JobTemplateListByName JobTemplateListBy = "NAME" JobTemplateListByCreation_date JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE" JobTemplateListBySystem JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM" )
Enum values for JobTemplateListBy
type JobTemplateSettings ¶
type JobTemplateSettings struct { // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS // time. AdAvailOffset *int32 // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image, // and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking // Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). Esam *EsamSettings // Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. There // can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple // inputs when referencing a job template. Inputs []*InputTemplate // Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you // specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter // Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and // analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration // (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs // in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an // instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you // don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the // setting. NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration // (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share // a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, // and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in // (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This // required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under // (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as // follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, // CmafGroupSettings OutputGroups []*OutputGroup // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in // your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each // output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) // objects. TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion }
JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it.
type LanguageCode ¶
type LanguageCode string
const ( LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG" LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA" LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA" LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU" LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER" LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO" LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA" LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN" LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN" LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS" LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR" LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA" LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD" LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE" LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR" LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN" LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK" LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR" LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR" LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA" LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI" LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH" LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG" LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE" LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM" LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA" LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE" LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM" LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE" LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM" LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK" LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS" LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL" LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN" LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH" LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS" LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS" LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE" LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL" LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA" LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT" LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM" LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA" LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE" LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA" LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU" LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV" LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR" LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS" LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE" LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV" LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES" LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN" LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV" LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD" LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO" LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM" LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO" LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST" LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE" LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO" LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ" LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN" LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM" LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL" LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA" LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG" LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG" LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT" LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL" LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN" LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ" LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT" LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU" LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB" LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER" LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO" LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN" LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL" LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO" LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO" LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND" LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA" LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE" LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU" LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK" LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE" LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV" LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL" LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN" LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU" LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS" LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ" LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK" LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN" LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR" LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM" LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON" LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA" LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR" LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO" LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT" LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV" LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM" LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN" LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT" LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB" LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ" LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD" LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG" LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA" LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL" LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT" LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV" LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI" LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR" LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH" LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON" LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU" LanguageCode = "NAV" LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE" LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL" LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO" LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP" LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME" LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR" LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB" LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO" LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI" LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI" LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI" LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM" LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS" LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI" LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS" LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL" LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS" LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE" LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA" LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON" LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH" LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN" LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO" LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG" LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN" LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD" LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB" LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA" LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III" LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND" LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN" LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK" LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV" LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM" LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT" LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN" LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA" LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW" LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE" LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL" LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH" LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK" LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM" LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT" LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL" LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA" LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD" LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR" LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON" LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO" LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN" LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR" LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK" LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI" LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG" LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR" LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB" LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN" LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL" LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN" LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM" LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY" LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL" LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO" LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID" LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR" LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA" LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL" LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ" LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC" LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG" )
Enum values for LanguageCode
type M2tsAudioBufferModel ¶
type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
const ( M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB" M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC" )
Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel
type M2tsBufferModel ¶
type M2tsBufferModel string
const ( M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX" M2tsBufferModelNone M2tsBufferModel = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsBufferModel
type M2tsEbpAudioInterval ¶
type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string
const ( M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideo_and_fixed_intervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideo_interval M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" )
Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval
type M2tsEbpPlacement ¶
type M2tsEbpPlacement string
const ( M2tsEbpPlacementVideo_and_audio_pids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" M2tsEbpPlacementVideo_pid M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID" )
Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement
type M2tsEsRateInPes ¶
type M2tsEsRateInPes string
const ( M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE" M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes
type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder ¶
type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder string
const ( M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "FORCE" M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "DEFAULT" )
Enum values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder
type M2tsNielsenId3 ¶
type M2tsNielsenId3 string
const ( M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT" M2tsNielsenId3None M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3
type M2tsPcrControl ¶
type M2tsPcrControl string
const ( M2tsPcrControlPcr_every_pes_packet M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" M2tsPcrControlConfigured_pcr_period M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" )
Enum values for M2tsPcrControl
type M2tsRateMode ¶
type M2tsRateMode string
const ( M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR" M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for M2tsRateMode
type M2tsScte35Esam ¶
type M2tsScte35Esam struct { // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated // by ESAM. Scte35EsamPid *int32 }
Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
type M2tsScte35Source ¶
type M2tsScte35Source string
const ( M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" M2tsScte35SourceNone M2tsScte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsScte35Source
type M2tsSegmentationMarkers ¶
type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
const ( M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE" M2tsSegmentationMarkersRai_segstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART" M2tsSegmentationMarkersRai_adapt M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT" M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsi_segstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART" M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP" M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp_legacy M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY" )
Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers
type M2tsSegmentationStyle ¶
type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
const ( M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintain_cadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" M2tsSegmentationStyleReset_cadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE" )
Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle
type M2tsSettings ¶
type M2tsSettings struct { // Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. AudioFramesPerPes *int32 // Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you // include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the // range 482-492. AudioPids []*int32 // Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting // to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other // common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000. Bitrate *int32 // Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to // MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower // latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without // interruptions. BufferModel M2tsBufferModel // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition // interval. DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition // interval. DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings // Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this // output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479. DvbSubPids []*int32 // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition // interval. DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings // Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in this // output. Default is 499. DvbTeletextPid *int32 // When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to // partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed, // and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to // VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable // when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or // EBP_LEGACY). EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval // Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on // the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when // EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or // EBP_LEGACY). EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement // Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes // Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are // incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, // set this value to Force (FORCE). ForceTsVideoEbpOrder M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder // The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. FragmentTime *float64 // Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References // (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream. MaxPcrInterval *int32 // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP is // going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is not // emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead value // does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured elsewhere // to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. MinEbpInterval *int32 // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the // input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3 // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic // null packets. NullPacketBitrate *float64 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PatInterval *int32 // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when // the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. PcrControl M2tsPcrControl // Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in // this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for // Video PID (VideoPid). PcrPid *int32 // Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table // (PMT) in the output transport stream. PmtInterval *int32 // Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself. // Default is 480. PmtPid *int32 // Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default is // 503. PrivateMetadataPid *int32 // Use Program number (programNumber) to specify the program number used in the // program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and // program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for // organizing data. ProgramNumber *int32 // When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified // bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but // the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. RateMode M2tsRateMode // Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and // transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML // document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml). Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam // Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport // stream. Scte35Pid *int32 // For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you // want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. // Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 // markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM // XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also // enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam). Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets // the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI // bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the // adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be // truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. // When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is // truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means // the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. // When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is // truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This // means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all // segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note // that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle // Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers is set // to none. SegmentationTime *float64 // Specify the packet identifier (PID) for timed metadata in this output. Default // is 502. TimedMetadataPid *int32 // Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for this // output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 // transport stream containers, used for organizing data. TransportStreamId *int32 // Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the // transport stream. VideoPid *int32 }
MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.
type M3u8NielsenId3 ¶
type M3u8NielsenId3 string
const ( M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT" M3u8NielsenId3None M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE" )
Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3
type M3u8PcrControl ¶
type M3u8PcrControl string
const ( M3u8PcrControlPcr_every_pes_packet M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" M3u8PcrControlConfigured_pcr_period M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" )
Enum values for M3u8PcrControl
type M3u8Scte35Source ¶
type M3u8Scte35Source string
const ( M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" M3u8Scte35SourceNone M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source
type M3u8Settings ¶
type M3u8Settings struct { // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. AudioFramesPerPes *int32 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by // comma separation. AudioPids []*int32 // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the // input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PatInterval *int32 // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for // every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. PcrControl M3u8PcrControl // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the // Video PID. PcrPid *int32 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PmtInterval *int32 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream. PmtPid *int32 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. PrivateMetadataPid *int32 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. ProgramNumber *int32 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Scte35Pid *int32 // For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you // want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. // Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 // markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want // manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers // (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide // the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML // (sccXml). Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source // Applies only to HLS outputs. Use this setting to specify whether the service // inserts the ID3 timed metadata from the input in this output. TimedMetadata TimedMetadata // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. TimedMetadataPid *int32 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. TransportStreamId *int32 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. VideoPid *int32 }
Settings for TS segments in HLS
type MotionImageInserter ¶
type MotionImageInserter struct { // If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified. If // your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame rate of // the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as // 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches the frame rate // and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want a 30-second overlay // at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay frame rate doesn't need // to match the frame rate of the underlying video. Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate // Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on your // video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the series. // Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers that // specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png, // overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero, // and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial // file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the first // image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence, with the // last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png, there // can be 100 images in the sequence. Input *string // Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay. // You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files. InsertionMode MotionImageInsertionMode // Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the video // frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame. If you don't // specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full size of the // frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native resolution and // scales the size up or down with any video scaling. Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset // Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only // once. Playback MotionImagePlayback // Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or // HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account // how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and // input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you // need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't // start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first // embedded timecode. For more information, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html Find // job-wide and input timecode configuration settings in your JSON job settings // specification at settings>timecodeConfig>source and // settings>inputs>timecodeSource. StartTime *string }
Overlay motion graphics on top of your video at the time that you specify.
type MotionImageInsertionFramerate ¶
type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct { // The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example, // if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1. FramerateDenominator *int32 // The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example, if // your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24. FramerateNumerator *int32 }
For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
type MotionImageInsertionMode ¶
type MotionImageInsertionMode string
const ( MotionImageInsertionModeMov MotionImageInsertionMode = "MOV" MotionImageInsertionModePng MotionImageInsertionMode = "PNG" )
Enum values for MotionImageInsertionMode
type MotionImageInsertionOffset ¶
type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct { // Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the video // frame. ImageX *int32 // Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the video // frame. ImageY *int32 }
Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the top left corner of the overlay.
type MotionImagePlayback ¶
type MotionImagePlayback string
const ( MotionImagePlaybackOnce MotionImagePlayback = "ONCE" MotionImagePlaybackRepeat MotionImagePlayback = "REPEAT" )
Enum values for MotionImagePlayback
type MovClapAtom ¶
type MovClapAtom string
const ( MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE" MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for MovClapAtom
type MovCslgAtom ¶
type MovCslgAtom string
const ( MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE" MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for MovCslgAtom
type MovMpeg2FourCCControl ¶
type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string
const ( MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM" MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG" )
Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl
type MovPaddingControl ¶
type MovPaddingControl string
const ( MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON" MovPaddingControlNone MovPaddingControl = "NONE" )
Enum values for MovPaddingControl
type MovReference ¶
type MovReference string
const ( MovReferenceSelf_contained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED" MovReferenceExternal MovReference = "EXTERNAL" )
Enum values for MovReference
type MovSettings ¶
type MovSettings struct { // When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. ClapAtom MovClapAtom // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in // the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a // 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 // amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. CslgAtom MovCslgAtom // When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using // XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, // but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the // video codec is MPEG2. Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl // If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding PaddingControl MovPaddingControl // Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting. Reference MovReference }
Settings for MOV Container.
type Mp2Settings ¶
type Mp2Settings struct { // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Bitrate *int32 // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. Channels *int32 // Sample rate in hz. SampleRate *int32 }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2.
type Mp3RateControlMode ¶
type Mp3RateControlMode string
const ( Mp3RateControlModeCbr Mp3RateControlMode = "CBR" Mp3RateControlModeVbr Mp3RateControlMode = "VBR" )
Enum values for Mp3RateControlMode
type Mp3Settings ¶
type Mp3Settings struct { // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Bitrate *int32 // Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the // console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, // valid values are 1 and 2. Channels *int32 // Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant // bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR). RateControlMode Mp3RateControlMode // Sample rate in hz. SampleRate *int32 // Required when you set Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to VBR. Specify the // audio quality of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality). VbrQuality *int32 }
Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value MP3.
type Mp4CslgAtom ¶
type Mp4CslgAtom string
const ( Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE" Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom
type Mp4FreeSpaceBox ¶
type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string
const ( Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE" Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox
type Mp4MoovPlacement ¶
type Mp4MoovPlacement string
const ( Mp4MoovPlacementProgressive_download Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" Mp4MoovPlacementNormal Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement
type Mp4Settings ¶
type Mp4Settings struct { // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in // the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a // 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 // amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom // Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification // matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1 // and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value // of 1, you must also set CSLG atom (cslgAtom) to the value INCLUDE. Keep the // default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward // compatibility for some players and packagers. CttsVersion *int32 // Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of // the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed // normally at the end. MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement // Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary to // specify. Mp4MajorBrand *string }
Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this container.
type MpdCaptionContainerType ¶
type MpdCaptionContainerType string
const ( MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw MpdCaptionContainerType = "RAW" MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmented_mp4 MpdCaptionContainerType = "FRAGMENTED_MP4" )
Enum values for MpdCaptionContainerType
type MpdScte35Esam ¶
type MpdScte35Esam string
const ( MpdScte35EsamInsert MpdScte35Esam = "INSERT" MpdScte35EsamNone MpdScte35Esam = "NONE" )
Enum values for MpdScte35Esam
type MpdScte35Source ¶
type MpdScte35Source string
const ( MpdScte35SourcePassthrough MpdScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" MpdScte35SourceNone MpdScte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for MpdScte35Source
type MpdSettings ¶
type MpdSettings struct { // Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC // captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and // video. Choose Raw (RAW) for captions in a single XML file in a raw container. // Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 (FRAGMENTED_MP4) for captions in XML format contained // within fragmented MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from // your video and audio fragmented MP4 files. CaptionContainerType MpdCaptionContainerType // Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT // to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify // in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml). Scte35Esam MpdScte35Esam // Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. // Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your // input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those // SCTE-35 markers in this output. Scte35Source MpdScte35Source }
Settings for MP4 segments in DASH
type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
const ( Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" )
Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization
type Mpeg2CodecLevel ¶
type Mpeg2CodecLevel string
const ( Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO" Mpeg2CodecLevelLow Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW" Mpeg2CodecLevelMain Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN" Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440" Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH" )
Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel
type Mpeg2CodecProfile ¶
type Mpeg2CodecProfile string
const ( Mpeg2CodecProfileMain Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN" Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile_422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422" )
Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile
type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop ¶
type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop string
const ( Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE" Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "STATIC" )
Enum values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop
type Mpeg2FramerateControl ¶
type Mpeg2FramerateControl string
const ( Mpeg2FramerateControlInitialize_from_source Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl
type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits ¶
type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
const ( Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits
type Mpeg2InterlaceMode ¶
type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string
const ( Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" Mpeg2InterlaceModeTop_field Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottom_field Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollow_top_field Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollow_bottom_field Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode
type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision ¶
type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string
const ( Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntra_dc_precision_8 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntra_dc_precision_9 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntra_dc_precision_10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntra_dc_precision_11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11" )
Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision
type Mpeg2ParControl ¶
type Mpeg2ParControl string
const ( Mpeg2ParControlInitialize_from_source Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Mpeg2ParControlSpecified Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl
type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel ¶
type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string
const ( Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSingle_pass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS" )
Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel
type Mpeg2RateControlMode ¶
type Mpeg2RateControlMode string
const ( Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR" Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode
type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect ¶
type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string
const ( Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect
type Mpeg2Settings ¶
type Mpeg2Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS // Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest // multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int32 // Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel // Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile // Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. // This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based // on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for // low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you // provide for the setting B frames between reference frames // (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). DynamicSubGop Mpeg2DynamicSubGop // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use duplicate drop conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm // Frame rate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int32 // Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. FramerateNumerator *int32 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this // be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly // as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int32 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than zero. GopSize *float64 // Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as // 5000000. HrdBufferSize *int32 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or // bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. // Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. // // * If the source is // interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source // (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field // first" and "bottom field first". // // * If the source is progressive, the output // will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, // depending on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode // Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for // intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will // automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio. IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision // Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. MaxBitrate *int32 // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by // Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of // a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change // I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. // The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is only used when // Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + // Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int32 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32 // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for // this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses // the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the // console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR // by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose // SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator // and parDenominator settings. ParControl Mpeg2ParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want // to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is // faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding. QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel // Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate is // variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode // Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service // automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as // 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content // in the encoded image. Softness *int32 // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization // Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). Syntax Mpeg2Syntax // Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. // Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a // 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave // converstion to the player. Telecine Mpeg2Telecine // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2.
type Mpeg2SlowPal ¶
type Mpeg2SlowPal string
const ( Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal
type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
type Mpeg2Syntax ¶
type Mpeg2Syntax string
const ( Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT" Mpeg2SyntaxD_10 Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10" )
Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax
type Mpeg2Telecine ¶
type Mpeg2Telecine string
const ( Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE" Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT" Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine
type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const ( Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest ¶
type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest struct { // Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to // make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output // group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your Microsoft Smooth // group is film-name.ismv. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the // file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is // film-name-no-premium.ismv. ManifestNameModifier *string // Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to // reference. SelectedOutputs []*string }
Specify the details for each additional Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.
type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication ¶
type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string
const ( MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombine_duplicate_streams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS" MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE" )
Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication
type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings ¶
type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct { // If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings // when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output // group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead. SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider }
If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
type MsSmoothGroupSettings ¶
type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { // By default, the service creates one .ism Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest for // each Microsoft Smooth Streaming output group in your job. This default manifest // references every output in the output group. To create additional manifests that // reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them // here. AdditionalManifests []*MsSmoothAdditionalManifest // COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a // Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the // base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. // If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first // input file. Destination *string // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of // destination DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings // If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the // value SpekeKeyProvider. Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings // Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in // seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and frame rate. FragmentLength *int32 // Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format // for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.
type MsSmoothManifestEncoding ¶
type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string
const ( MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8" MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16" )
Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding
type MxfAfdSignaling ¶
type MxfAfdSignaling string
const ( MxfAfdSignalingNo_copy MxfAfdSignaling = "NO_COPY" MxfAfdSignalingCopy_from_video MxfAfdSignaling = "COPY_FROM_VIDEO" )
Enum values for MxfAfdSignaling
type MxfSettings ¶
type MxfSettings struct { // Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use // this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose // Don't copy (NO_COPY) to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy // from video stream (COPY_FROM_VIDEO) to copy the AFD values from the video stream // for this output to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the // AFD values remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output // to include or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On // the console, find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings. AfdSignaling MxfAfdSignaling }
MXF settings
type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings ¶
type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings struct { // Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in your // JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra // NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. License *string // Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values // vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required // when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking // (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. For PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2), // specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You must generate a unique ID for // each asset you watermark, and keep a record of which ID you have assigned to // each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep track of the relationship // between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming, create two adaptive // bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up two output groups. // For one output group, set the value of Payload ID (payload) to 0 in every // output. For the other output group, set Payload ID (payload) to 1 in every // output. Payload *int32 // Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required // when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking // (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. Preset *string // Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify a // value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library uses its // default value. Strength WatermarkingStrength }
For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and OTT Streaming workflows.
type NielsenConfiguration ¶
type NielsenConfiguration struct { // Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must // include this property, set the value to zero. BreakoutCode *int32 // Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is // assigned to your organization by Neilsen. DistributorId *string }
Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.
type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening ¶
type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening string
const ( NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "DISABLED" NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "ENABLED" NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "AUTO" )
Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening
type NoiseReducer ¶
type NoiseReducer struct { // Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following // spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable // Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise. // * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution // filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does // frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video // quality for complex motion. Filter NoiseReducerFilter // Settings for a noise reducer filter FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings // Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings // Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter. TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings }
Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter).
type NoiseReducerFilter ¶
type NoiseReducerFilter string
const ( NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL" NoiseReducerFilterMean NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN" NoiseReducerFilterGaussian NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN" NoiseReducerFilterLanczos NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS" NoiseReducerFilterSharpen NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN" NoiseReducerFilterConserve NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE" NoiseReducerFilterSpatial NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL" NoiseReducerFilterTemporal NoiseReducerFilter = "TEMPORAL" )
Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter
type NoiseReducerFilterSettings ¶
type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct { // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger // filtering. Strength *int32 }
Settings for a noise reducer filter
type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings ¶
type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct { // Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling the // filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength. PostFilterSharpenStrength *int32 // The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with 0 being // the nominal value. Speed *int32 // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger // filtering. Strength *int32 }
Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings ¶
type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct { // Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce // stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more // aggressively and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs. AggressiveMode *int32 // Optional. When you set Noise reducer (noiseReducer) to Temporal (TEMPORAL), you // can optionally use this setting to apply additional sharpening. The default // behavior, Auto (AUTO) allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply // filtering, depending on input type and quality. PostTemporalSharpening NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening // The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit rate // at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time at the cost // of bit rate. Speed *int32 // Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher values // produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges, depending // on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with minimal // sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation * 8-16 for // a high level of complexity reduction Strength *int32 }
Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
type NotFoundException ¶
type NotFoundException struct { Message *string }
The resource you requested doesn't exist.
func (*NotFoundException) Error ¶
func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string
func (*NotFoundException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string
func (*NotFoundException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*NotFoundException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string
type OpusSettings ¶
type OpusSettings struct { // Optional. Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values are // multiples of 8000, from 32000 through 192000. The default value is 96000, which // we recommend for quality and bandwidth. Bitrate *int32 // Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the // console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, // valid values are 1 and 2. Channels *int32 // Optional. Sample rate in hz. Valid values are 16000, 24000, and 48000. The // default value is 48000. SampleRate *int32 }
Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value OPUS.
type Order ¶
type Order string
Enum values for Order
type Output ¶
type Output struct { // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by // audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. // (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription // (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output that // has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). // (CaptionDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of captions settings. CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription // Container specific settings. ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings // Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File // output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default // extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * // Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container, // webm * No Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, // H265, AC3) Extension *string // Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the end of // each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination // URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier // (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For // DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one // output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group. NameModifier *string // Specific settings for this type of output. OutputSettings *OutputSettings // Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide // the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) or // Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both. Preset *string // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific // video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify a // value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per // output. VideoDescription *VideoDescription }
An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream in an output group.
type OutputChannelMapping ¶
type OutputChannelMapping struct { // List of input channels InputChannels []*int32 }
OutputChannel mapping settings.
type OutputDetail ¶
type OutputDetail struct { // Duration in milliseconds DurationInMs *int32 // Contains details about the output's video stream VideoDetails *VideoDetail }
Details regarding output
type OutputGroup ¶
type OutputGroup struct { // Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. This // value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more // human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters // that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores. CustomName *string // Name of the output group Name *string // Output Group settings, including type OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings // This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per output. Outputs []*Output }
Group of outputs
type OutputGroupDetail ¶
type OutputGroupDetail struct { // Details about the output OutputDetails []*OutputDetail }
Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.
type OutputGroupSettings ¶
type OutputGroupSettings struct { // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a // single video, audio, or caption output. CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings // Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth // Streaming, CMAF) Type OutputGroupType }
Output Group settings, including type
type OutputGroupType ¶
type OutputGroupType string
const ( OutputGroupTypeHls_group_settings OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeDash_iso_group_settings OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeFile_group_settings OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeMs_smooth_group_settings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeCmaf_group_settings OutputGroupType = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS" )
Enum values for OutputGroupType
type OutputSdt ¶
type OutputSdt string
const ( OutputSdtSdt_follow OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW" OutputSdtSdt_follow_if_present OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" OutputSdtSdt_manual OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL" OutputSdtSdt_none OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE" )
Enum values for OutputSdt
type OutputSettings ¶
type OutputSettings struct { // Settings for HLS output groups HlsSettings *HlsSettings }
Specific settings for this type of output.
type PartnerWatermarking ¶
type PartnerWatermarking struct { // For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File // Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and // OTT Streaming workflows. NexguardFileMarkerSettings *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings }
If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in your output.
type Preset ¶
type Preset struct { // A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account. // // This member is required. Name *string // Settings for preset // // This member is required. Settings *PresetSettings // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string // An optional category you create to organize your presets. Category *string // The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation. CreatedAt *time.Time // An optional description you create for each preset. Description *string // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time // A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset can't // be modified or deleted by the user. Type Type }
A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
type PresetListBy ¶
type PresetListBy string
const ( PresetListByName PresetListBy = "NAME" PresetListByCreation_date PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE" PresetListBySystem PresetListBy = "SYSTEM" )
Enum values for PresetListBy
type PresetSettings ¶
type PresetSettings struct { // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by // audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. // (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription // Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings in a // single output. CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescriptionPreset // Container specific settings. ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific // video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify a // value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per // output. VideoDescription *VideoDescription }
Settings for preset
type PricingPlan ¶
type PricingPlan string
const ( PricingPlanOn_demand PricingPlan = "ON_DEMAND" PricingPlanReserved PricingPlan = "RESERVED" )
Enum values for PricingPlan
type ProresCodecProfile ¶
type ProresCodecProfile string
const ( ProresCodecProfileApple_prores_422 ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422" ProresCodecProfileApple_prores_422_hq ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ" ProresCodecProfileApple_prores_422_lt ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT" ProresCodecProfileApple_prores_422_proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY" )
Enum values for ProresCodecProfile
type ProresFramerateControl ¶
type ProresFramerateControl string
const ( ProresFramerateControlInitialize_from_source ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" ProresFramerateControlSpecified ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for ProresFramerateControl
type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm
type ProresInterlaceMode ¶
type ProresInterlaceMode string
const ( ProresInterlaceModeProgressive ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" ProresInterlaceModeTop_field ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeBottom_field ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeFollow_top_field ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeFollow_bottom_field ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode
type ProresParControl ¶
type ProresParControl string
const ( ProresParControlInitialize_from_source ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" ProresParControlSpecified ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for ProresParControl
type ProresSettings ¶
type ProresSettings struct { // Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec to // use for this output. CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use duplicate drop conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm // Frame rate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int32 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. FramerateNumerator *int32 // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or // bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. // Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. // // * If the source is // interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source // (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field // first" and "bottom field first". // // * If the source is progressive, the output // will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, // depending on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for // this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses // the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the // console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR // by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose // SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator // and parDenominator settings. ParControl ProresParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as // 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal ProresSlowPal // Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. // Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a // 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave // converstion to the player. Telecine ProresTelecine }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES.
type ProresSlowPal ¶
type ProresSlowPal string
const ( ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED" ProresSlowPalEnabled ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for ProresSlowPal
type ProresTelecine ¶
type ProresTelecine string
const ( ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE" ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for ProresTelecine
type Queue ¶
type Queue struct { // A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your // account. // // This member is required. Name *string // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string // The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue. CreatedAt *time.Time // An optional description that you create for each queue. Description *string // The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue. LastUpdated *time.Time // Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For // on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved, // you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much // or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment. PricingPlan PricingPlan // The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status. ProgressingJobsCount *int32 // Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved // queues and not applicable to on-demand queues. ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin // processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue // continue to run until they finish or result in an error. Status QueueStatus // The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status. SubmittedJobsCount *int32 // Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues are // built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and modify // custom queues. Type Type }
You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
type QueueListBy ¶
type QueueListBy string
const ( QueueListByName QueueListBy = "NAME" QueueListByCreation_date QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE" )
Enum values for QueueListBy
type QueueStatus ¶
type QueueStatus string
const ( QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE" QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED" )
Enum values for QueueStatus
type QueueTransition ¶
type QueueTransition struct { // The queue that the job was on after the transition. DestinationQueue *string // The queue that the job was on before the transition. SourceQueue *string // The time, in Unix epoch format, that the job moved from the source queue to the // destination queue. Timestamp *time.Time }
Description of the source and destination queues between which the job has moved, along with the timestamp of the move
type Rectangle ¶
type Rectangle struct { // Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers. Height *int32 // Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers. Width *int32 // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video // frame. Specify only even numbers. X *int32 // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video // frame. Specify only even numbers. Y *int32 }
Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.
type RemixSettings ¶
type RemixSettings struct { // Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the // remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within // the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel // unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping // Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use in // your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these // channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. ChannelsIn *int32 // Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: 1, // 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.) ChannelsOut *int32 }
Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides.
type RenewalType ¶
type RenewalType string
const ( RenewalTypeAuto_renew RenewalType = "AUTO_RENEW" RenewalTypeExpire RenewalType = "EXPIRE" )
Enum values for RenewalType
type ReservationPlan ¶
type ReservationPlan struct { // The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment. Commitment Commitment // The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for this // reserved queue expires. ExpiresAt *time.Time // The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan for // this reserved queue. PurchasedAt *time.Time // Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically // extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. RenewalType RenewalType // Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The // number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each // RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you extend // your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger number of // RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You // can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue. ReservedSlots *int32 // Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED. Status ReservationPlanStatus }
Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
type ReservationPlanSettings ¶
type ReservationPlanSettings struct { // The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment. // // This member is required. Commitment Commitment // Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically // extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your term // is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto renew // date. You can cancel this commitment. // // This member is required. RenewalType RenewalType // Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The // number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each // RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your // reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending your existing // commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number. The new // commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You can't cancel // your commitment or revert to your original commitment after you increase the // capacity. // // This member is required. ReservedSlots *int32 }
Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
type ReservationPlanStatus ¶
type ReservationPlanStatus string
const ( ReservationPlanStatusActive ReservationPlanStatus = "ACTIVE" ReservationPlanStatusExpired ReservationPlanStatus = "EXPIRED" )
Enum values for ReservationPlanStatus
type ResourceTags ¶
type ResourceTags struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. Arn *string // The tags for the resource. Tags map[string]*string }
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.
type RespondToAfd ¶
type RespondToAfd string
const ( RespondToAfdNone RespondToAfd = "NONE" RespondToAfdRespond RespondToAfd = "RESPOND" RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for RespondToAfd
type S3DestinationAccessControl ¶
type S3DestinationAccessControl struct { // Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output. CannedAcl S3ObjectCannedAcl }
Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
type S3DestinationSettings ¶
type S3DestinationSettings struct { // Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the // outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically // applies the default access control list PRIVATE. AccessControl *S3DestinationAccessControl // Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon // S3. Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings }
Settings associated with S3 destination
type S3EncryptionSettings ¶
type S3EncryptionSettings struct { // Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your // content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key // (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content. // Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set // up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to // be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS // (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the // AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your // data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed // CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the // setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn). EncryptionType S3ServerSideEncryptionType // Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to // encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set // Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS // (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but // don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon // S3. KmsKeyArn *string }
Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon S3.
type S3ObjectCannedAcl ¶
type S3ObjectCannedAcl string
const ( S3ObjectCannedAclPublic_read S3ObjectCannedAcl = "PUBLIC_READ" S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticated_read S3ObjectCannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ" S3ObjectCannedAclBucket_owner_read S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ" S3ObjectCannedAclBucket_owner_full_control S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL" )
Enum values for S3ObjectCannedAcl
type S3ServerSideEncryptionType ¶
type S3ServerSideEncryptionType string
const ( S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServer_side_encryption_s3 S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3" S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServer_side_encryption_kms S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS" )
Enum values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType
type ScalingBehavior ¶
type ScalingBehavior string
const ( ScalingBehaviorDefault ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT" ScalingBehaviorStretch_to_output ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" )
Enum values for ScalingBehavior
type SccDestinationFramerate ¶
type SccDestinationFramerate string
const ( SccDestinationFramerateFramerate_23_97 SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate_24 SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate_25 SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_25" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate_29_97_dropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate_29_97_non_dropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME" )
Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate
type SccDestinationSettings ¶
type SccDestinationSettings struct { // Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the // video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the // frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose // 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has // video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 // non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). Framerate SccDestinationFramerate }
Settings for SCC caption output.
type SimulateReservedQueue ¶
type SimulateReservedQueue string
const ( SimulateReservedQueueDisabled SimulateReservedQueue = "DISABLED" SimulateReservedQueueEnabled SimulateReservedQueue = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for SimulateReservedQueue
type SpekeKeyProvider ¶
type SpekeKeyProvider struct { // If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to // MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate // Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here. CertificateArn *string // Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify // this content. ResourceId *string // Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups // support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. See // https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details. SystemIds []*string // Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider // uses to provide keys for encrypting your content. Url *string }
If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf ¶
type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct { // If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to // MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate // Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here. CertificateArn *string // Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that // MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can // currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see // https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/. DashSignaledSystemIds []*string // Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that // MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can // currently signal only one system ID. For more information, see // https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/. HlsSignaledSystemIds []*string // Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify // this content. ResourceId *string // Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider // uses to provide keys for encrypting your content. Url *string }
If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
type StaticKeyProvider ¶
type StaticKeyProvider struct { // Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. Must // be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an implicit // value of 'identity'. KeyFormat *string // Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value or // a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3). KeyFormatVersions *string // Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify // Key Value (StaticKeyValue). StaticKeyValue *string // Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for // protecting content. Url *string }
Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
type StatusUpdateInterval ¶
type StatusUpdateInterval string
const ( StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_10 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_10" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_12 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_12" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_15 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_15" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_20 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_20" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_30 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_30" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_60 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_60" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_120 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_120" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_180 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_180" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_240 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_240" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_300 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_300" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_360 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_360" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_420 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_420" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_480 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_480" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_540 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_540" StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds_600 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_600" )
Enum values for StatusUpdateInterval
type TeletextDestinationSettings ¶
type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { // Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for this // output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings ending in // -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext data, do // not use this field. PageNumber *string // Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value // here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle // (PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE). If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't // use this field. When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has // the same page types as your input. PageTypes []TeletextPageType }
Settings for Teletext caption output
type TeletextPageType ¶
type TeletextPageType string
const ( TeletextPageTypePage_type_initial TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL" TeletextPageTypePage_type_subtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE" TeletextPageTypePage_type_addl_info TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO" TeletextPageTypePage_type_program_schedule TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE" TeletextPageTypePage_type_hearing_impaired_subtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE" )
Enum values for TeletextPageType
type TeletextSourceSettings ¶
type TeletextSourceSettings struct { // Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number // that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are // passing through teletext from the input source to output. PageNumber *string }
Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
type TimecodeBurnin ¶
type TimecodeBurnin struct { // Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid // values are 10, 16, 32, 48. FontSize *int32 // Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify // the location the burned-in timecode on output video. Position TimecodeBurninPosition // Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For // example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide // either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported // range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and // all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard. Prefix *string }
Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.
type TimecodeBurninPosition ¶
type TimecodeBurninPosition string
const ( TimecodeBurninPositionTop_center TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionTop_left TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionTop_right TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddle_left TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddle_center TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddle_right TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT" TimecodeBurninPositionBottom_left TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionBottom_center TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionBottom_right TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT" )
Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition
type TimecodeConfig ¶
type TimecodeConfig struct { // If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor // Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to // the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or // (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for // Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source (TimecodeSource). * // If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART), the first // input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode // (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are used calculate output timecode. * If // Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) the first frame is // 00:00:00:00. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (EMBEDDED), the // first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input. Anchor *string // Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To // make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and // that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the // Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour // format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode // that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the // service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start // (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than // zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value. Source TimecodeSource // Only use when you set Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified start // (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for the // initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or // (HH:MM:SS;FF). Start *string // Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp // offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the // time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format // "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert // program-date-time (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. For example, // if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one // year later, set Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to 2003-1-25. TimestampOffset *string }
These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job. These settings don't affect input clipping.
type TimecodeSource ¶
type TimecodeSource string
const ( TimecodeSourceEmbedded TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED" TimecodeSourceZerobased TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED" TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART" )
Enum values for TimecodeSource
type TimedMetadata ¶
type TimedMetadata string
const ( TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH" TimedMetadataNone TimedMetadata = "NONE" )
Enum values for TimedMetadata
type TimedMetadataInsertion ¶
type TimedMetadataInsertion struct { // Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances. Id3Insertions []*Id3Insertion }
Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) objects.
type Timing ¶
type Timing struct { // The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished FinishTime *time.Time // The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began. StartTime *time.Time // The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job. SubmitTime *time.Time }
Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds.
type TooManyRequestsException ¶
type TooManyRequestsException struct { Message *string }
Too many requests have been sent in too short of a time. The service limits the rate at which it will accept requests.
func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error ¶
func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string
func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode ¶
func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string
func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault ¶
func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault
func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage ¶
func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string
type TrackSourceSettings ¶
type TrackSourceSettings struct { // Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers // correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track // numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For // example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL. To // include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple input // captions selectors. Specify one track per selector. TrackNumber *int32 }
Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of TrackSourceSettings.
type TtmlDestinationSettings ¶
type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { // Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML, // SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output. StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough }
Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information (TtmlStylePassthrough).
type TtmlStylePassthrough ¶
type TtmlStylePassthrough string
const ( TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED" TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough
type Type ¶
type Type string
Enum values for Type
type VideoCodec ¶
type VideoCodec string
const ( VideoCodecFrame_capture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE" VideoCodecAv1 VideoCodec = "AV1" VideoCodecH_264 VideoCodec = "H_264" VideoCodecH_265 VideoCodec = "H_265" VideoCodecMpeg2 VideoCodec = "MPEG2" VideoCodecProres VideoCodec = "PRORES" VideoCodecVp8 VideoCodec = "VP8" VideoCodecVp9 VideoCodec = "VP9" )
Enum values for VideoCodec
type VideoCodecSettings ¶
type VideoCodecSettings struct { // Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value // AV1. Av1Settings *Av1Settings // Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined // by the object VideoCodec. Codec VideoCodec // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value FRAME_CAPTURE. FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value H_264. H264Settings *H264Settings // Settings for H265 codec H265Settings *H265Settings // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value MPEG2. Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value PRORES. ProresSettings *ProresSettings // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value VP8. Vp8Settings *Vp8Settings // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the // value VP9. Vp9Settings *Vp9Settings }
Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * AV1, Av1Settings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings
type VideoDescription ¶
type VideoDescription struct { // This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD // signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in // the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD // values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead // encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD // values based on the input AFD scaler data. AfdSignaling AfdSignaling // The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no // longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your // job, the service will ignore the setting. AntiAlias AntiAlias // Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the // group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary // depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec // enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * FRAME_CAPTURE, // FrameCaptureSettings * AV1, Av1Settings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, // H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VP8, Vp8Settings // * VP9, Vp9Settings CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings // Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this // output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If // you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default. ColorMetadata ColorMetadata // Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will // include in the output video frame. Crop *Rectangle // Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service // will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame // timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled // by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode // Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use Fixed // (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write on all // frames of this video output. FixedAfd *int32 // Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for this // output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service will // use the input height. Height *int32 // Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output // frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. Position *Rectangle // Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video // itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the // input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and // output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD // values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred // implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set // AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this // output. RespondToAfd RespondToAfd // Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from // the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the // service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to // have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value // that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output. ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior // Use Sharpness (Sharpness) setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This // setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. // Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input // resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for // most content. Sharpness *int32 // Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode // insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To // include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion // (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to // DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output, // by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, // the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change // this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration // (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job // settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings // (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the // output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource) // does. TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion // Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). // Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by // default. VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor // Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this // output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input width. Width *int32 }
Settings for video outputs
type VideoDetail ¶
type VideoDetail struct { // Height in pixels for the output HeightInPx *int32 // Width in pixels for the output WidthInPx *int32 }
Contains details about the output's video stream
type VideoPreprocessor ¶
type VideoPreprocessor struct { // Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable or // disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by // default. ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector // Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer // picture. Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer // Enable Dolby Vision feature to produce Dolby Vision compatible video output. DolbyVision *DolbyVision // Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay // on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This // setting is disabled by default. ImageInserter *ImageInserter // Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video // output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output // individually. This setting is disabled by default. NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer // If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of // settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in // your output. PartnerWatermarking *PartnerWatermarking // Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified // prefix into the output. TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin }
Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
type VideoSelector ¶
type VideoSelector struct { // Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha // channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each // output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting at // the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video. // Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel to the // luma channel of your outputs. AlphaBehavior AlphaBehavior // If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know // about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The // service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video // has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color space // here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display // Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if that // metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10) here and // specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata) settings. // For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr. ColorSpace ColorSpace // There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input // settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information // settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes // precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job // settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults // to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use // color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata // in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the // input settings. ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage // Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in // your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must // be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during // the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to // 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related // settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space // (ColorSpace) to HDR 10 (HDR10). To specify whether the the values you specify // here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file, set // Color space usage (ColorSpaceUsage). To specify whether color metadata is // included in an output, set Color metadata (ColorMetadata). For more information // about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr. Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata // Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this // value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal // value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an // identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container. Pid *int32 // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note // that Quad 4K is not currently supported. ProgramNumber *int32 // Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can // choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise // rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or // .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the // service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. // The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the // rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no // rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has // rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata. Rotate InputRotate }
Selector for video.
type VideoTimecodeInsertion ¶
type VideoTimecodeInsertion string
const ( VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED" VideoTimecodeInsertionPic_timing_sei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" )
Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion
type VorbisSettings ¶
type VorbisSettings struct { // Optional. Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing // Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In // the API, valid values are 1 and 2. The default value is 2. Channels *int32 // Optional. Specify the audio sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 22050, 32000, // 44100, and 48000. The default value is 48000. SampleRate *int32 // Optional. Specify the variable audio quality of this Vorbis output from -1 // (lowest quality, ~45 kbit/s) to 10 (highest quality, ~500 kbit/s). The default // value is 4 (~128 kbit/s). Values 5 and 6 are approximately 160 and 192 kbit/s, // respectively. VbrQuality *int32 }
Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value Vorbis.
type Vp8FramerateControl ¶
type Vp8FramerateControl string
const ( Vp8FramerateControlInitialize_from_source Vp8FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Vp8FramerateControlSpecified Vp8FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Vp8FramerateControl
type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type Vp8ParControl ¶
type Vp8ParControl string
const ( Vp8ParControlInitialize_from_source Vp8ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Vp8ParControlSpecified Vp8ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Vp8ParControl
type Vp8QualityTuningLevel ¶
type Vp8QualityTuningLevel string
const ( Vp8QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS" Vp8QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass_hq Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel
type Vp8RateControlMode ¶
type Vp8RateControlMode string
const ( Vp8RateControlModeVbr Vp8RateControlMode = "VBR" )
Enum values for Vp8RateControlMode
type Vp8Settings ¶
type Vp8Settings struct { // Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. Bitrate *int32 // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl Vp8FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use Drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP) conversion. When you choose // Interpolate (INTERPOLATE) instead, the conversion produces smoother motion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the // console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as // a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateDenominator *int32 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for // transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal // number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateNumerator *int32 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero. GopSize *float64 // Optional. Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five // megabits as 5000000. HrdBufferSize *int32 // Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional. // Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per // second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the // maximum bitrate. MaxBitrate *int32 // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for // this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses // the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the // console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR // by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose // SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator // and parDenominator settings. ParControl Vp8ParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want // to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is // faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding. QualityTuningLevel Vp8QualityTuningLevel // With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control // mode. RateControlMode Vp8RateControlMode }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP8.
type Vp9FramerateControl ¶
type Vp9FramerateControl string
const ( Vp9FramerateControlInitialize_from_source Vp9FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Vp9FramerateControlSpecified Vp9FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Vp9FramerateControl
type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const ( Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicate_drop Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm
type Vp9ParControl ¶
type Vp9ParControl string
const ( Vp9ParControlInitialize_from_source Vp9ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Vp9ParControlSpecified Vp9ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Vp9ParControl
type Vp9QualityTuningLevel ¶
type Vp9QualityTuningLevel string
const ( Vp9QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS" Vp9QualityTuningLevelMulti_pass_hq Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel
type Vp9RateControlMode ¶
type Vp9RateControlMode string
const ( Vp9RateControlModeVbr Vp9RateControlMode = "VBR" )
Enum values for Vp9RateControlMode
type Vp9Settings ¶
type Vp9Settings struct { // Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as // 5000000. Bitrate *int32 // If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame // rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input // video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a // frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the // dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, // specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job // specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to // specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose // INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the // input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you // specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. FramerateControl Vp9FramerateControl // Optional. Specify how the transcoder performs framerate conversion. The default // behavior is to use Drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP) conversion. When you choose // Interpolate (INTERPOLATE) instead, the conversion produces smoother motion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the // console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as // a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateDenominator *int32 // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify // the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for // transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal // number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateNumerator *int32 // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero. GopSize *float64 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as // 5000000. HrdBufferSize *int32 // Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional. // Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per // second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the // maximum bitrate. MaxBitrate *int32 // Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio for this // output. The default behavior is to use the same pixel aspect ratio as your input // video. ParControl Vp9ParControl // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parDenominator is 33. ParDenominator *int32 // Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the // console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you // specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input // video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC // widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for // parNumerator is 40. ParNumerator *int32 // Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want // to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is // faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding. QualityTuningLevel Vp9QualityTuningLevel // With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control // mode. RateControlMode Vp9RateControlMode }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP9.
type WatermarkingStrength ¶
type WatermarkingStrength string
const ( WatermarkingStrengthLightest WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTEST" WatermarkingStrengthLighter WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTER" WatermarkingStrengthDefault WatermarkingStrength = "DEFAULT" WatermarkingStrengthStronger WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGER" WatermarkingStrengthStrongest WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGEST" )
Enum values for WatermarkingStrength
type WavFormat ¶
type WavFormat string
Enum values for WavFormat
type WavSettings ¶
type WavSettings struct { // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality // for this audio track. BitDepth *int32 // Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1 // and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64. Channels *int32 // The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is // likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended // support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64. Format WavFormat // Sample rate in Hz. SampleRate *int32 }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV.
Source Files ¶
- Version
- v0.27.0
- Published
- Oct 17, 2020
- Platform
- js/wasm
- Imports
- 3 packages
- Last checked
- 13 hours ago –
Tools for package owners.